1/* tc-hppa.c -- Assemble for the PA 2 Copyright (C) 1989-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 3 4 This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler. 5 6 GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify 7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by 8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) 9 any later version. 10 11 GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, 12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of 13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the 14 GNU General Public License for more details. 15 16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License 17 along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free 18 Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 19 02110-1301, USA. */ 20 21/* HP PA-RISC support was contributed by the Center for Software Science 22 at the University of Utah. */ 23 24#include "as.h" 25#include "safe-ctype.h" 26#include "subsegs.h" 27#include "dw2gencfi.h" 28 29#include "bfd/libhppa.h" 30 31/* Be careful, this file includes data *declarations*. */ 32#include "opcode/hppa.h" 33 34#if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (OBJ_SOM) 35error only one of OBJ_ELF and OBJ_SOM can be defined 36#endif 37 38/* If we are using ELF, then we probably can support dwarf2 debug 39 records. Furthermore, if we are supporting dwarf2 debug records, 40 then we want to use the assembler support for compact line numbers. */ 41#ifdef OBJ_ELF 42#include "dwarf2dbg.h" 43 44/* A "convenient" place to put object file dependencies which do 45 not need to be seen outside of tc-hppa.c. */ 46 47/* Object file formats specify relocation types. */ 48typedef enum elf_hppa_reloc_type reloc_type; 49 50/* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */ 51typedef elf_symbol_type obj_symbol_type; 52#define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\ 53 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.hppa_arg_reloc) 54 55#if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64 56/* How to generate a relocation. */ 57#define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf64_hppa_gen_reloc_type 58#define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf64_hppa_reloc_final_type 59#else 60#define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf32_hppa_gen_reloc_type 61#define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf32_hppa_reloc_final_type 62#endif 63 64/* ELF objects can have versions, but apparently do not have anywhere 65 to store a copyright string. */ 66#define obj_version obj_elf_version 67#define obj_copyright obj_elf_version 68 69#define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME ".PARISC.unwind" 70#endif /* OBJ_ELF */ 71 72#ifdef OBJ_SOM 73/* Names of various debugging spaces/subspaces. */ 74#define GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME "$GDB_DEBUG$" 75#define GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_STRINGS$" 76#define GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_SYMBOLS$" 77#define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME "$UNWIND$" 78 79/* Object file formats specify relocation types. */ 80typedef int reloc_type; 81 82/* SOM objects can have both a version string and a copyright string. */ 83#define obj_version obj_som_version 84#define obj_copyright obj_som_copyright 85 86/* How to generate a relocation. */ 87#define hppa_gen_reloc_type hppa_som_gen_reloc_type 88 89/* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */ 90typedef som_symbol_type obj_symbol_type; 91#define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\ 92 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.ap.hppa_arg_reloc) 93 94/* This apparently isn't in older versions of hpux reloc.h. */ 95#ifndef R_DLT_REL 96#define R_DLT_REL 0x78 97#endif 98 99#ifndef R_N0SEL 100#define R_N0SEL 0xd8 101#endif 102 103#ifndef R_N1SEL 104#define R_N1SEL 0xd9 105#endif 106#endif /* OBJ_SOM */ 107 108#if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64 109#define DEFAULT_LEVEL 25 110#else 111#define DEFAULT_LEVEL 10 112#endif 113 114/* Various structures and types used internally in tc-hppa.c. */ 115 116/* Unwind table and descriptor. FIXME: Sync this with GDB version. */ 117 118struct unwind_desc 119 { 120 unsigned int cannot_unwind:1; 121 unsigned int millicode:1; 122 unsigned int millicode_save_rest:1; 123 unsigned int region_desc:2; 124 unsigned int save_sr:2; 125 unsigned int entry_fr:4; 126 unsigned int entry_gr:5; 127 unsigned int args_stored:1; 128 unsigned int call_fr:5; 129 unsigned int call_gr:5; 130 unsigned int save_sp:1; 131 unsigned int save_rp:1; 132 unsigned int save_rp_in_frame:1; 133 unsigned int extn_ptr_defined:1; 134 unsigned int cleanup_defined:1; 135 136 unsigned int hpe_interrupt_marker:1; 137 unsigned int hpux_interrupt_marker:1; 138 unsigned int reserved:3; 139 unsigned int frame_size:27; 140 }; 141 142/* We can't rely on compilers placing bitfields in any particular 143 place, so use these macros when dumping unwind descriptors to 144 object files. */ 145#define UNWIND_LOW32(U) \ 146 (((U)->cannot_unwind << 31) \ 147 | ((U)->millicode << 30) \ 148 | ((U)->millicode_save_rest << 29) \ 149 | ((U)->region_desc << 27) \ 150 | ((U)->save_sr << 25) \ 151 | ((U)->entry_fr << 21) \ 152 | ((U)->entry_gr << 16) \ 153 | ((U)->args_stored << 15) \ 154 | ((U)->call_fr << 10) \ 155 | ((U)->call_gr << 5) \ 156 | ((U)->save_sp << 4) \ 157 | ((U)->save_rp << 3) \ 158 | ((U)->save_rp_in_frame << 2) \ 159 | ((U)->extn_ptr_defined << 1) \ 160 | ((U)->cleanup_defined << 0)) 161 162#define UNWIND_HIGH32(U) \ 163 (((U)->hpe_interrupt_marker << 31) \ 164 | ((U)->hpux_interrupt_marker << 30) \ 165 | ((U)->frame_size << 0)) 166 167struct unwind_table 168 { 169 /* Starting and ending offsets of the region described by 170 descriptor. */ 171 unsigned int start_offset; 172 unsigned int end_offset; 173 struct unwind_desc descriptor; 174 }; 175 176/* This structure is used by the .callinfo, .enter, .leave pseudo-ops to 177 control the entry and exit code they generate. It is also used in 178 creation of the correct stack unwind descriptors. 179 180 NOTE: GAS does not support .enter and .leave for the generation of 181 prologues and epilogues. FIXME. 182 183 The fields in structure roughly correspond to the arguments available on the 184 .callinfo pseudo-op. */ 185 186struct call_info 187 { 188 /* The unwind descriptor being built. */ 189 struct unwind_table ci_unwind; 190 191 /* Name of this function. */ 192 symbolS *start_symbol; 193 194 /* (temporary) symbol used to mark the end of this function. */ 195 symbolS *end_symbol; 196 197 /* Next entry in the chain. */ 198 struct call_info *ci_next; 199 }; 200 201/* Operand formats for FP instructions. Note not all FP instructions 202 allow all four formats to be used (for example fmpysub only allows 203 SGL and DBL). */ 204typedef enum 205 { 206 SGL, DBL, ILLEGAL_FMT, QUAD, W, UW, DW, UDW, QW, UQW 207 } 208fp_operand_format; 209 210/* This fully describes the symbol types which may be attached to 211 an EXPORT or IMPORT directive. Only SOM uses this formation 212 (ELF has no need for it). */ 213typedef enum 214 { 215 SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN, 216 SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE, 217 SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE, 218 SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA, 219 SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY, 220 SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE, 221 SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL, 222 SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG, 223 SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG, 224 } 225pa_symbol_type; 226 227/* This structure contains information needed to assemble 228 individual instructions. */ 229struct pa_it 230 { 231 /* Holds the opcode after parsing by pa_ip. */ 232 unsigned long opcode; 233 234 /* Holds an expression associated with the current instruction. */ 235 expressionS exp; 236 237 /* Does this instruction use PC-relative addressing. */ 238 int pcrel; 239 240 /* Floating point formats for operand1 and operand2. */ 241 fp_operand_format fpof1; 242 fp_operand_format fpof2; 243 244 /* Whether or not we saw a truncation request on an fcnv insn. */ 245 int trunc; 246 247 /* Holds the field selector for this instruction 248 (for example L%, LR%, etc). */ 249 long field_selector; 250 251 /* Holds any argument relocation bits associated with this 252 instruction. (instruction should be some sort of call). */ 253 unsigned int arg_reloc; 254 255 /* The format specification for this instruction. */ 256 int format; 257 258 /* The relocation (if any) associated with this instruction. */ 259 reloc_type reloc; 260 }; 261 262/* PA-89 floating point registers are arranged like this: 263 264 +--------------+--------------+ 265 | 0 or 16L | 16 or 16R | 266 +--------------+--------------+ 267 | 1 or 17L | 17 or 17R | 268 +--------------+--------------+ 269 | | | 270 271 . . . 272 . . . 273 . . . 274 275 | | | 276 +--------------+--------------+ 277 | 14 or 30L | 30 or 30R | 278 +--------------+--------------+ 279 | 15 or 31L | 31 or 31R | 280 +--------------+--------------+ */ 281 282/* Additional information needed to build argument relocation stubs. */ 283struct call_desc 284 { 285 /* The argument relocation specification. */ 286 unsigned int arg_reloc; 287 288 /* Number of arguments. */ 289 unsigned int arg_count; 290 }; 291 292#ifdef OBJ_SOM 293/* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary 294 chain. */ 295 296struct subspace_dictionary_chain 297 { 298 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code. */ 299 unsigned int ssd_defined; 300 301 /* Name of this subspace. */ 302 char *ssd_name; 303 304 /* GAS segment and subsegment associated with this subspace. */ 305 asection *ssd_seg; 306 int ssd_subseg; 307 308 /* Next space in the subspace dictionary chain. */ 309 struct subspace_dictionary_chain *ssd_next; 310 }; 311 312typedef struct subspace_dictionary_chain ssd_chain_struct; 313 314/* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary 315 chain. */ 316 317struct space_dictionary_chain 318 { 319 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code or 320 as a default space. */ 321 unsigned int sd_defined; 322 323 /* Nonzero if this spaces has been defined by the user code. */ 324 unsigned int sd_user_defined; 325 326 /* The space number (or index). */ 327 unsigned int sd_spnum; 328 329 /* The name of this subspace. */ 330 char *sd_name; 331 332 /* GAS segment to which this subspace corresponds. */ 333 asection *sd_seg; 334 335 /* Current subsegment number being used. */ 336 int sd_last_subseg; 337 338 /* The chain of subspaces contained within this space. */ 339 ssd_chain_struct *sd_subspaces; 340 341 /* The next entry in the space dictionary chain. */ 342 struct space_dictionary_chain *sd_next; 343 }; 344 345typedef struct space_dictionary_chain sd_chain_struct; 346 347/* This structure defines attributes of the default subspace 348 dictionary entries. */ 349 350struct default_subspace_dict 351 { 352 /* Name of the subspace. */ 353 const char *name; 354 355 /* FIXME. Is this still needed? */ 356 char defined; 357 358 /* Nonzero if this subspace is loadable. */ 359 char loadable; 360 361 /* Nonzero if this subspace contains only code. */ 362 char code_only; 363 364 /* Nonzero if this is a comdat subspace. */ 365 char comdat; 366 367 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace. */ 368 char common; 369 370 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace which allows symbols 371 to be multiply defined. */ 372 char dup_common; 373 374 /* Nonzero if this subspace should be zero filled. */ 375 char zero; 376 377 /* Sort key for this subspace. */ 378 unsigned char sort; 379 380 /* Access control bits for this subspace. Can represent RWX access 381 as well as privilege level changes for gateways. */ 382 int access; 383 384 /* Index of containing space. */ 385 int space_index; 386 387 /* Alignment (in bytes) of this subspace. */ 388 int alignment; 389 390 /* Quadrant within space where this subspace should be loaded. */ 391 int quadrant; 392 393 /* An index into the default spaces array. */ 394 int def_space_index; 395 396 /* Subsegment associated with this subspace. */ 397 subsegT subsegment; 398 }; 399 400/* This structure defines attributes of the default space 401 dictionary entries. */ 402 403struct default_space_dict 404 { 405 /* Name of the space. */ 406 const char *name; 407 408 /* Space number. It is possible to identify spaces within 409 assembly code numerically! */ 410 int spnum; 411 412 /* Nonzero if this space is loadable. */ 413 char loadable; 414 415 /* Nonzero if this space is "defined". FIXME is still needed */ 416 char defined; 417 418 /* Nonzero if this space can not be shared. */ 419 char private; 420 421 /* Sort key for this space. */ 422 unsigned char sort; 423 424 /* Segment associated with this space. */ 425 asection *segment; 426 }; 427#endif 428 429/* Structure for previous label tracking. Needed so that alignments, 430 callinfo declarations, etc can be easily attached to a particular 431 label. */ 432typedef struct label_symbol_struct 433 { 434 struct symbol *lss_label; 435#ifdef OBJ_SOM 436 sd_chain_struct *lss_space; 437#endif 438#ifdef OBJ_ELF 439 segT lss_segment; 440#endif 441 struct label_symbol_struct *lss_next; 442 } 443label_symbol_struct; 444 445/* Extra information needed to perform fixups (relocations) on the PA. */ 446struct hppa_fix_struct 447 { 448 /* The field selector. */ 449 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt fx_r_field; 450 451 /* Type of fixup. */ 452 int fx_r_type; 453 454 /* Format of fixup. */ 455 int fx_r_format; 456 457 /* Argument relocation bits. */ 458 unsigned int fx_arg_reloc; 459 460 /* The segment this fixup appears in. */ 461 segT segment; 462 }; 463 464/* Structure to hold information about predefined registers. */ 465 466struct pd_reg 467 { 468 const char *name; 469 int value; 470 }; 471 472/* This structure defines the mapping from a FP condition string 473 to a condition number which can be recorded in an instruction. */ 474struct fp_cond_map 475 { 476 const char *string; 477 int cond; 478 }; 479 480/* This structure defines a mapping from a field selector 481 string to a field selector type. */ 482struct selector_entry 483 { 484 const char *prefix; 485 int field_selector; 486 }; 487 488/* Prototypes for functions local to tc-hppa.c. */ 489 490#ifdef OBJ_SOM 491static void pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (void); 492#endif 493 494#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) 495static void pa_text (int); 496static void pa_data (int); 497static void pa_comm (int); 498#endif 499#ifdef OBJ_SOM 500static int exact_log2 (int); 501static void pa_compiler (int); 502static void pa_align (int); 503static void pa_space (int); 504static void pa_spnum (int); 505static void pa_subspace (int); 506static sd_chain_struct *create_new_space (const char *, int, int, 507 int, int, int, 508 asection *, int); 509static ssd_chain_struct *create_new_subspace (sd_chain_struct *, 510 const char *, int, int, 511 int, int, int, int, 512 int, int, int, int, 513 int, asection *); 514static ssd_chain_struct *update_subspace (sd_chain_struct *, 515 char *, int, int, int, 516 int, int, int, int, 517 int, int, int, int, 518 asection *); 519static sd_chain_struct *is_defined_space (const char *); 520static ssd_chain_struct *is_defined_subspace (const char *); 521static sd_chain_struct *pa_segment_to_space (asection *); 522static ssd_chain_struct *pa_subsegment_to_subspace (asection *, 523 subsegT); 524static sd_chain_struct *pa_find_space_by_number (int); 525static unsigned int pa_subspace_start (sd_chain_struct *, int); 526static sd_chain_struct *pa_parse_space_stmt (const char *, int); 527#endif 528 529/* File and globally scoped variable declarations. */ 530 531#ifdef OBJ_SOM 532/* Root and final entry in the space chain. */ 533static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_root; 534static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_last; 535 536/* The current space and subspace. */ 537static sd_chain_struct *current_space; 538static ssd_chain_struct *current_subspace; 539#endif 540 541/* Root of the call_info chain. */ 542static struct call_info *call_info_root; 543 544/* The last call_info (for functions) structure 545 seen so it can be associated with fixups and 546 function labels. */ 547static struct call_info *last_call_info; 548 549/* The last call description (for actual calls). */ 550static struct call_desc last_call_desc; 551 552/* handle of the OPCODE hash table */ 553static struct hash_control *op_hash = NULL; 554 555/* These characters can be suffixes of opcode names and they may be 556 followed by meaningful whitespace. We don't include `,' and `!' 557 as they never appear followed by meaningful whitespace. */ 558const char hppa_symbol_chars[] = "*?=<>"; 559 560/* This array holds the chars that only start a comment at the beginning of 561 a line. If the line seems to have the form '# 123 filename' 562 .line and .file directives will appear in the pre-processed output. 563 564 Note that input_file.c hand checks for '#' at the beginning of the 565 first line of the input file. This is because the compiler outputs 566 #NO_APP at the beginning of its output. 567 568 Also note that C style comments will always work. */ 569const char line_comment_chars[] = "#"; 570 571/* This array holds the chars that always start a comment. If the 572 pre-processor is disabled, these aren't very useful. */ 573const char comment_chars[] = ";"; 574 575/* This array holds the characters which act as line separators. */ 576const char line_separator_chars[] = "!"; 577 578/* Chars that can be used to separate mant from exp in floating point nums. */ 579const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE"; 580 581/* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant. 582 As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12. 583 584 Be aware that MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT may have to be 585 changed in read.c. Ideally it shouldn't have to know about it 586 at all, but nothing is ideal around here. */ 587const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP"; 588 589static struct pa_it the_insn; 590 591/* Points to the end of an expression just parsed by get_expression 592 and friends. FIXME. This shouldn't be handled with a file-global 593 variable. */ 594static char *expr_end; 595 596/* Nonzero if a .callinfo appeared within the current procedure. */ 597static int callinfo_found; 598 599/* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a .entry/.exit pair. */ 600static int within_entry_exit; 601 602/* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a procedure definition. */ 603static int within_procedure; 604 605/* Handle on structure which keep track of the last symbol 606 seen in each subspace. */ 607static label_symbol_struct *label_symbols_rootp = NULL; 608 609/* Last label symbol */ 610static label_symbol_struct last_label_symbol; 611 612/* Nonzero when strict matching is enabled. Zero otherwise. 613 614 Each opcode in the table has a flag which indicates whether or 615 not strict matching should be enabled for that instruction. 616 617 Mainly, strict causes errors to be ignored when a match failure 618 occurs. However, it also affects the parsing of register fields 619 by pa_parse_number. */ 620static int strict; 621 622/* pa_parse_number returns values in `pa_number'. Mostly 623 pa_parse_number is used to return a register number, with floating 624 point registers being numbered from FP_REG_BASE upwards. 625 The bit specified with FP_REG_RSEL is set if the floating point 626 register has a `r' suffix. */ 627#define FP_REG_BASE 64 628#define FP_REG_RSEL 128 629static int pa_number; 630 631#ifdef OBJ_SOM 632/* A dummy bfd symbol so that all relocations have symbols of some kind. */ 633static symbolS *dummy_symbol; 634#endif 635 636/* Nonzero if errors are to be printed. */ 637static int print_errors = 1; 638 639/* List of registers that are pre-defined: 640 641 Each general register has one predefined name of the form 642 %r<REGNUM> which has the value <REGNUM>. 643 644 Space and control registers are handled in a similar manner, 645 but use %sr<REGNUM> and %cr<REGNUM> as their predefined names. 646 647 Likewise for the floating point registers, but of the form 648 %fr<REGNUM>. Floating point registers have additional predefined 649 names with 'L' and 'R' suffixes (e.g. %fr19L, %fr19R) which 650 again have the value <REGNUM>. 651 652 Many registers also have synonyms: 653 654 %r26 - %r23 have %arg0 - %arg3 as synonyms 655 %r28 - %r29 have %ret0 - %ret1 as synonyms 656 %fr4 - %fr7 have %farg0 - %farg3 as synonyms 657 %r30 has %sp as a synonym 658 %r27 has %dp as a synonym 659 %r2 has %rp as a synonym 660 661 Almost every control register has a synonym; they are not listed 662 here for brevity. 663 664 The table is sorted. Suitable for searching by a binary search. */ 665 666static const struct pd_reg pre_defined_registers[] = 667{ 668 {"%arg0", 26}, 669 {"%arg1", 25}, 670 {"%arg2", 24}, 671 {"%arg3", 23}, 672 {"%cr0", 0}, 673 {"%cr10", 10}, 674 {"%cr11", 11}, 675 {"%cr12", 12}, 676 {"%cr13", 13}, 677 {"%cr14", 14}, 678 {"%cr15", 15}, 679 {"%cr16", 16}, 680 {"%cr17", 17}, 681 {"%cr18", 18}, 682 {"%cr19", 19}, 683 {"%cr20", 20}, 684 {"%cr21", 21}, 685 {"%cr22", 22}, 686 {"%cr23", 23}, 687 {"%cr24", 24}, 688 {"%cr25", 25}, 689 {"%cr26", 26}, 690 {"%cr27", 27}, 691 {"%cr28", 28}, 692 {"%cr29", 29}, 693 {"%cr30", 30}, 694 {"%cr31", 31}, 695 {"%cr8", 8}, 696 {"%cr9", 9}, 697 {"%dp", 27}, 698 {"%eiem", 15}, 699 {"%eirr", 23}, 700 {"%farg0", 4 + FP_REG_BASE}, 701 {"%farg1", 5 + FP_REG_BASE}, 702 {"%farg2", 6 + FP_REG_BASE}, 703 {"%farg3", 7 + FP_REG_BASE}, 704 {"%fr0", 0 + FP_REG_BASE}, 705 {"%fr0l", 0 + FP_REG_BASE}, 706 {"%fr0r", 0 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 707 {"%fr1", 1 + FP_REG_BASE}, 708 {"%fr10", 10 + FP_REG_BASE}, 709 {"%fr10l", 10 + FP_REG_BASE}, 710 {"%fr10r", 10 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 711 {"%fr11", 11 + FP_REG_BASE}, 712 {"%fr11l", 11 + FP_REG_BASE}, 713 {"%fr11r", 11 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 714 {"%fr12", 12 + FP_REG_BASE}, 715 {"%fr12l", 12 + FP_REG_BASE}, 716 {"%fr12r", 12 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 717 {"%fr13", 13 + FP_REG_BASE}, 718 {"%fr13l", 13 + FP_REG_BASE}, 719 {"%fr13r", 13 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 720 {"%fr14", 14 + FP_REG_BASE}, 721 {"%fr14l", 14 + FP_REG_BASE}, 722 {"%fr14r", 14 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 723 {"%fr15", 15 + FP_REG_BASE}, 724 {"%fr15l", 15 + FP_REG_BASE}, 725 {"%fr15r", 15 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 726 {"%fr16", 16 + FP_REG_BASE}, 727 {"%fr16l", 16 + FP_REG_BASE}, 728 {"%fr16r", 16 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 729 {"%fr17", 17 + FP_REG_BASE}, 730 {"%fr17l", 17 + FP_REG_BASE}, 731 {"%fr17r", 17 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 732 {"%fr18", 18 + FP_REG_BASE}, 733 {"%fr18l", 18 + FP_REG_BASE}, 734 {"%fr18r", 18 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 735 {"%fr19", 19 + FP_REG_BASE}, 736 {"%fr19l", 19 + FP_REG_BASE}, 737 {"%fr19r", 19 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 738 {"%fr1l", 1 + FP_REG_BASE}, 739 {"%fr1r", 1 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 740 {"%fr2", 2 + FP_REG_BASE}, 741 {"%fr20", 20 + FP_REG_BASE}, 742 {"%fr20l", 20 + FP_REG_BASE}, 743 {"%fr20r", 20 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 744 {"%fr21", 21 + FP_REG_BASE}, 745 {"%fr21l", 21 + FP_REG_BASE}, 746 {"%fr21r", 21 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 747 {"%fr22", 22 + FP_REG_BASE}, 748 {"%fr22l", 22 + FP_REG_BASE}, 749 {"%fr22r", 22 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 750 {"%fr23", 23 + FP_REG_BASE}, 751 {"%fr23l", 23 + FP_REG_BASE}, 752 {"%fr23r", 23 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 753 {"%fr24", 24 + FP_REG_BASE}, 754 {"%fr24l", 24 + FP_REG_BASE}, 755 {"%fr24r", 24 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 756 {"%fr25", 25 + FP_REG_BASE}, 757 {"%fr25l", 25 + FP_REG_BASE}, 758 {"%fr25r", 25 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 759 {"%fr26", 26 + FP_REG_BASE}, 760 {"%fr26l", 26 + FP_REG_BASE}, 761 {"%fr26r", 26 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 762 {"%fr27", 27 + FP_REG_BASE}, 763 {"%fr27l", 27 + FP_REG_BASE}, 764 {"%fr27r", 27 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 765 {"%fr28", 28 + FP_REG_BASE}, 766 {"%fr28l", 28 + FP_REG_BASE}, 767 {"%fr28r", 28 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 768 {"%fr29", 29 + FP_REG_BASE}, 769 {"%fr29l", 29 + FP_REG_BASE}, 770 {"%fr29r", 29 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 771 {"%fr2l", 2 + FP_REG_BASE}, 772 {"%fr2r", 2 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 773 {"%fr3", 3 + FP_REG_BASE}, 774 {"%fr30", 30 + FP_REG_BASE}, 775 {"%fr30l", 30 + FP_REG_BASE}, 776 {"%fr30r", 30 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 777 {"%fr31", 31 + FP_REG_BASE}, 778 {"%fr31l", 31 + FP_REG_BASE}, 779 {"%fr31r", 31 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 780 {"%fr3l", 3 + FP_REG_BASE}, 781 {"%fr3r", 3 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 782 {"%fr4", 4 + FP_REG_BASE}, 783 {"%fr4l", 4 + FP_REG_BASE}, 784 {"%fr4r", 4 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 785 {"%fr5", 5 + FP_REG_BASE}, 786 {"%fr5l", 5 + FP_REG_BASE}, 787 {"%fr5r", 5 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 788 {"%fr6", 6 + FP_REG_BASE}, 789 {"%fr6l", 6 + FP_REG_BASE}, 790 {"%fr6r", 6 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 791 {"%fr7", 7 + FP_REG_BASE}, 792 {"%fr7l", 7 + FP_REG_BASE}, 793 {"%fr7r", 7 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 794 {"%fr8", 8 + FP_REG_BASE}, 795 {"%fr8l", 8 + FP_REG_BASE}, 796 {"%fr8r", 8 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 797 {"%fr9", 9 + FP_REG_BASE}, 798 {"%fr9l", 9 + FP_REG_BASE}, 799 {"%fr9r", 9 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 800 {"%fret", 4}, 801 {"%hta", 25}, 802 {"%iir", 19}, 803 {"%ior", 21}, 804 {"%ipsw", 22}, 805 {"%isr", 20}, 806 {"%itmr", 16}, 807 {"%iva", 14}, 808#if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64 809 {"%mrp", 2}, 810#else 811 {"%mrp", 31}, 812#endif 813 {"%pcoq", 18}, 814 {"%pcsq", 17}, 815 {"%pidr1", 8}, 816 {"%pidr2", 9}, 817 {"%pidr3", 12}, 818 {"%pidr4", 13}, 819 {"%ppda", 24}, 820 {"%r0", 0}, 821 {"%r1", 1}, 822 {"%r10", 10}, 823 {"%r11", 11}, 824 {"%r12", 12}, 825 {"%r13", 13}, 826 {"%r14", 14}, 827 {"%r15", 15}, 828 {"%r16", 16}, 829 {"%r17", 17}, 830 {"%r18", 18}, 831 {"%r19", 19}, 832 {"%r2", 2}, 833 {"%r20", 20}, 834 {"%r21", 21}, 835 {"%r22", 22}, 836 {"%r23", 23}, 837 {"%r24", 24}, 838 {"%r25", 25}, 839 {"%r26", 26}, 840 {"%r27", 27}, 841 {"%r28", 28}, 842 {"%r29", 29}, 843 {"%r3", 3}, 844 {"%r30", 30}, 845 {"%r31", 31}, 846 {"%r4", 4}, 847 {"%r5", 5}, 848 {"%r6", 6}, 849 {"%r7", 7}, 850 {"%r8", 8}, 851 {"%r9", 9}, 852 {"%rctr", 0}, 853 {"%ret0", 28}, 854 {"%ret1", 29}, 855 {"%rp", 2}, 856 {"%sar", 11}, 857 {"%sp", 30}, 858 {"%sr0", 0}, 859 {"%sr1", 1}, 860 {"%sr2", 2}, 861 {"%sr3", 3}, 862 {"%sr4", 4}, 863 {"%sr5", 5}, 864 {"%sr6", 6}, 865 {"%sr7", 7}, 866 {"%t1", 22}, 867 {"%t2", 21}, 868 {"%t3", 20}, 869 {"%t4", 19}, 870 {"%tf1", 11}, 871 {"%tf2", 10}, 872 {"%tf3", 9}, 873 {"%tf4", 8}, 874 {"%tr0", 24}, 875 {"%tr1", 25}, 876 {"%tr2", 26}, 877 {"%tr3", 27}, 878 {"%tr4", 28}, 879 {"%tr5", 29}, 880 {"%tr6", 30}, 881 {"%tr7", 31} 882}; 883 884/* This table is sorted by order of the length of the string. This is 885 so we check for <> before we check for <. If we had a <> and checked 886 for < first, we would get a false match. */ 887static const struct fp_cond_map fp_cond_map[] = 888{ 889 {"false?", 0}, 890 {"false", 1}, 891 {"true?", 30}, 892 {"true", 31}, 893 {"!<=>", 3}, 894 {"!?>=", 8}, 895 {"!?<=", 16}, 896 {"!<>", 7}, 897 {"!>=", 11}, 898 {"!?>", 12}, 899 {"?<=", 14}, 900 {"!<=", 19}, 901 {"!?<", 20}, 902 {"?>=", 22}, 903 {"!?=", 24}, 904 {"!=t", 27}, 905 {"<=>", 29}, 906 {"=t", 5}, 907 {"?=", 6}, 908 {"?<", 10}, 909 {"<=", 13}, 910 {"!>", 15}, 911 {"?>", 18}, 912 {">=", 21}, 913 {"!<", 23}, 914 {"<>", 25}, 915 {"!=", 26}, 916 {"!?", 28}, 917 {"?", 2}, 918 {"=", 4}, 919 {"<", 9}, 920 {">", 17} 921}; 922 923static const struct selector_entry selector_table[] = 924{ 925 {"f", e_fsel}, 926 {"l", e_lsel}, 927 {"ld", e_ldsel}, 928 {"lp", e_lpsel}, 929 {"lr", e_lrsel}, 930 {"ls", e_lssel}, 931 {"lt", e_ltsel}, 932 {"ltp", e_ltpsel}, 933 {"n", e_nsel}, 934 {"nl", e_nlsel}, 935 {"nlr", e_nlrsel}, 936 {"p", e_psel}, 937 {"r", e_rsel}, 938 {"rd", e_rdsel}, 939 {"rp", e_rpsel}, 940 {"rr", e_rrsel}, 941 {"rs", e_rssel}, 942 {"rt", e_rtsel}, 943 {"rtp", e_rtpsel}, 944 {"t", e_tsel}, 945}; 946 947#ifdef OBJ_SOM 948/* default space and subspace dictionaries */ 949 950#define GDB_SYMBOLS GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME 951#define GDB_STRINGS GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME 952 953/* pre-defined subsegments (subspaces) for the HPPA. */ 954#define SUBSEG_CODE 0 955#define SUBSEG_LIT 1 956#define SUBSEG_MILLI 2 957#define SUBSEG_DATA 0 958#define SUBSEG_BSS 2 959#define SUBSEG_UNWIND 3 960#define SUBSEG_GDB_STRINGS 0 961#define SUBSEG_GDB_SYMBOLS 1 962 963static struct default_subspace_dict pa_def_subspaces[] = 964{ 965 {"$CODE$", 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_CODE}, 966 {"$DATA$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_DATA}, 967 {"$LIT$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_LIT}, 968 {"$MILLICODE$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_MILLI}, 969 {"$BSS$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 80, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_BSS}, 970 {NULL, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 255, 0x1f, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0} 971}; 972 973static struct default_space_dict pa_def_spaces[] = 974{ 975 {"$TEXT$", 0, 1, 1, 0, 8, ASEC_NULL}, 976 {"$PRIVATE$", 1, 1, 1, 1, 16, ASEC_NULL}, 977 {NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ASEC_NULL} 978}; 979 980/* Misc local definitions used by the assembler. */ 981 982/* These macros are used to maintain spaces/subspaces. */ 983#define SPACE_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_defined 984#define SPACE_USER_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_user_defined 985#define SPACE_SPNUM(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_spnum 986#define SPACE_NAME(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_name 987 988#define SUBSPACE_DEFINED(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_defined 989#define SUBSPACE_NAME(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_name 990#endif 991 992/* Return nonzero if the string pointed to by S potentially represents 993 a right or left half of a FP register */ 994#define IS_R_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'R' || *(S) == 'r') 995#define IS_L_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'L' || *(S) == 'l') 996 997/* Store immediate values of shift/deposit/extract functions. */ 998 999#define SAVE_IMMEDIATE(VALUE) \ 1000 { \ 1001 if (immediate_check) \ 1002 { \ 1003 if (pos == -1) \ 1004 pos = (VALUE); \ 1005 else if (len == -1) \ 1006 len = (VALUE); \ 1007 } \ 1008 } 1009 1010/* Insert FIELD into OPCODE starting at bit START. Continue pa_ip 1011 main loop after insertion. */ 1012 1013#define INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE(OPCODE, FIELD, START) \ 1014 { \ 1015 ((OPCODE) |= (FIELD) << (START)); \ 1016 continue; \ 1017 } 1018 1019/* Simple range checking for FIELD against HIGH and LOW bounds. 1020 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */ 1021 1022#define CHECK_FIELD(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, IGNORE) \ 1023 { \ 1024 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \ 1025 { \ 1026 if (! IGNORE) \ 1027 as_bad (_("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \ 1028 (int) (FIELD));\ 1029 break; \ 1030 } \ 1031 } 1032 1033/* Variant of CHECK_FIELD for use in md_apply_fix and other places where 1034 the current file and line number are not valid. */ 1035 1036#define CHECK_FIELD_WHERE(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, FILENAME, LINE) \ 1037 { \ 1038 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \ 1039 { \ 1040 as_bad_where ((FILENAME), (LINE), \ 1041 _("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \ 1042 (int) (FIELD));\ 1043 break; \ 1044 } \ 1045 } 1046 1047/* Simple alignment checking for FIELD against ALIGN (a power of two). 1048 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */ 1049 1050#define CHECK_ALIGN(FIELD, ALIGN, IGNORE) \ 1051 { \ 1052 if ((FIELD) & ((ALIGN) - 1)) \ 1053 { \ 1054 if (! IGNORE) \ 1055 as_bad (_("Field not properly aligned [%d] (%d)."), (ALIGN), \ 1056 (int) (FIELD));\ 1057 break; \ 1058 } \ 1059 } 1060 1061#define is_DP_relative(exp) \ 1062 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ 1063 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$global$") == 0) 1064 1065#define is_SB_relative(exp) \ 1066 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ 1067 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$segrel$") == 0) 1068 1069#define is_PC_relative(exp) \ 1070 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ 1071 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0) 1072 1073#define is_tls_gdidx(exp) \ 1074 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ 1075 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_gdidx$") == 0) 1076 1077#define is_tls_ldidx(exp) \ 1078 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ 1079 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_ldidx$") == 0) 1080 1081#define is_tls_dtpoff(exp) \ 1082 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ 1083 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_dtpoff$") == 0) 1084 1085#define is_tls_ieoff(exp) \ 1086 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ 1087 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_ieoff$") == 0) 1088 1089#define is_tls_leoff(exp) \ 1090 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ 1091 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_leoff$") == 0) 1092 1093/* We need some complex handling for stabs (sym1 - sym2). Luckily, we'll 1094 always be able to reduce the expression to a constant, so we don't 1095 need real complex handling yet. */ 1096#define is_complex(exp) \ 1097 ((exp).X_op != O_constant && (exp).X_op != O_symbol) 1098 1099/* Actual functions to implement the PA specific code for the assembler. */ 1100 1101/* Called before writing the object file. Make sure entry/exit and 1102 proc/procend pairs match. */ 1103 1104void 1105pa_check_eof (void) 1106{ 1107 if (within_entry_exit) 1108 as_fatal (_("Missing .exit\n")); 1109 1110 if (within_procedure) 1111 as_fatal (_("Missing .procend\n")); 1112} 1113 1114/* Returns a pointer to the label_symbol_struct for the current space. 1115 or NULL if no label_symbol_struct exists for the current space. */ 1116 1117static label_symbol_struct * 1118pa_get_label (void) 1119{ 1120 label_symbol_struct *label_chain = label_symbols_rootp; 1121 1122 if (label_chain) 1123 { 1124#ifdef OBJ_SOM 1125 if (current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label) 1126 return label_chain; 1127#endif 1128#ifdef OBJ_ELF 1129 if (now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label) 1130 return label_chain; 1131#endif 1132 } 1133 1134 return NULL; 1135} 1136 1137/* Defines a label for the current space. If one is already defined, 1138 this function will replace it with the new label. */ 1139 1140void 1141pa_define_label (symbolS *symbol) 1142{ 1143 label_symbol_struct *label_chain = label_symbols_rootp; 1144 1145 if (!label_chain) 1146 label_chain = &last_label_symbol; 1147 1148 label_chain->lss_label = symbol; 1149#ifdef OBJ_SOM 1150 label_chain->lss_space = current_space; 1151#endif 1152#ifdef OBJ_ELF 1153 label_chain->lss_segment = now_seg; 1154#endif 1155 1156 /* Not used. */ 1157 label_chain->lss_next = NULL; 1158 1159 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain; 1160 1161#ifdef OBJ_ELF 1162 dwarf2_emit_label (symbol); 1163#endif 1164} 1165 1166/* Removes a label definition for the current space. 1167 If there is no label_symbol_struct entry, then no action is taken. */ 1168 1169static void 1170pa_undefine_label (void) 1171{ 1172 label_symbols_rootp = NULL; 1173} 1174 1175/* An HPPA-specific version of fix_new. This is required because the HPPA 1176 code needs to keep track of some extra stuff. Each call to fix_new_hppa 1177 results in the creation of an instance of an hppa_fix_struct. An 1178 hppa_fix_struct stores the extra information along with a pointer to the 1179 original fixS. This is attached to the original fixup via the 1180 tc_fix_data field. */ 1181 1182static void 1183fix_new_hppa (fragS *frag, 1184 int where, 1185 int size, 1186 symbolS *add_symbol, 1187 offsetT offset, 1188 expressionS *exp, 1189 int pcrel, 1190 bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type, 1191 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt r_field, 1192 int r_format, 1193 unsigned int arg_reloc, 1194 int unwind_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1195{ 1196 fixS *new_fix; 1197 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = XOBNEW (¬es, struct hppa_fix_struct); 1198 1199 if (exp != NULL) 1200 new_fix = fix_new_exp (frag, where, size, exp, pcrel, r_type); 1201 else 1202 new_fix = fix_new (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, pcrel, r_type); 1203 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix; 1204 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = r_type; 1205 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = r_field; 1206 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = r_format; 1207 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = arg_reloc; 1208 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg; 1209#ifdef OBJ_SOM 1210 if (r_type == R_ENTRY || r_type == R_EXIT) 1211 new_fix->fx_offset = unwind_bits; 1212#endif 1213 1214 /* foo-$global$ is used to access non-automatic storage. $global$ 1215 is really just a marker and has served its purpose, so eliminate 1216 it now so as not to confuse write.c. Ditto for $PIC_pcrel$0. */ 1217 if (new_fix->fx_subsy 1218 && (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$global$") == 0 1219 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$segrel$") == 0 1220 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0 1221 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_gdidx$") == 0 1222 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_ldidx$") == 0 1223 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_dtpoff$") == 0 1224 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_ieoff$") == 0 1225 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_leoff$") == 0)) 1226 new_fix->fx_subsy = NULL; 1227} 1228 1229/* This fix_new is called by cons via TC_CONS_FIX_NEW. 1230 hppa_field_selector is set by the parse_cons_expression_hppa. */ 1231 1232void 1233cons_fix_new_hppa (fragS *frag, int where, int size, expressionS *exp, 1234 int hppa_field_selector) 1235{ 1236 unsigned int rel_type; 1237 1238 /* Get a base relocation type. */ 1239 if (is_DP_relative (*exp)) 1240 rel_type = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 1241 else if (is_PC_relative (*exp)) 1242 rel_type = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 1243#ifdef OBJ_ELF 1244 else if (is_SB_relative (*exp)) 1245 rel_type = R_PARISC_SEGREL32; 1246 else if (is_tls_gdidx (*exp)) 1247 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 1248 else if (is_tls_ldidx (*exp)) 1249 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 1250 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (*exp)) 1251 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 1252 else if (is_tls_ieoff (*exp)) 1253 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 1254 else if (is_tls_leoff (*exp)) 1255 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 1256#endif 1257 else if (is_complex (*exp)) 1258 rel_type = R_HPPA_COMPLEX; 1259 else 1260 rel_type = R_HPPA; 1261 1262 if (hppa_field_selector != e_psel && hppa_field_selector != e_fsel) 1263 { 1264 as_warn (_("Invalid field selector. Assuming F%%.")); 1265 hppa_field_selector = e_fsel; 1266 } 1267 1268 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, 1269 (symbolS *) NULL, (offsetT) 0, exp, 0, rel_type, 1270 hppa_field_selector, size * 8, 0, 0); 1271} 1272 1273/* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an expression (I think). FIXME. */ 1274 1275static void 1276get_expression (char *str) 1277{ 1278 char *save_in; 1279 asection *seg; 1280 1281 save_in = input_line_pointer; 1282 input_line_pointer = str; 1283 seg = expression (&the_insn.exp); 1284 if (!(seg == absolute_section 1285 || seg == undefined_section 1286 || SEG_NORMAL (seg))) 1287 { 1288 as_warn (_("Bad segment in expression.")); 1289 expr_end = input_line_pointer; 1290 input_line_pointer = save_in; 1291 return; 1292 } 1293 expr_end = input_line_pointer; 1294 input_line_pointer = save_in; 1295} 1296 1297/* Parse a PA nullification completer (,n). Return nonzero if the 1298 completer was found; return zero if no completer was found. */ 1299 1300static int 1301pa_parse_nullif (char **s) 1302{ 1303 int nullif; 1304 1305 nullif = 0; 1306 if (**s == ',') 1307 { 1308 *s = *s + 1; 1309 if (strncasecmp (*s, "n", 1) == 0) 1310 nullif = 1; 1311 else 1312 { 1313 as_bad (_("Invalid Nullification: (%c)"), **s); 1314 nullif = 0; 1315 } 1316 *s = *s + 1; 1317 } 1318 1319 return nullif; 1320} 1321 1322const char * 1323md_atof (int type, char *litP, int *sizeP) 1324{ 1325 return ieee_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP, TRUE); 1326} 1327 1328/* Write out big-endian. */ 1329 1330void 1331md_number_to_chars (char *buf, valueT val, int n) 1332{ 1333 number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n); 1334} 1335 1336/* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target 1337 format. */ 1338 1339arelent ** 1340tc_gen_reloc (asection *section, fixS *fixp) 1341{ 1342 arelent *reloc; 1343 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp; 1344 static arelent *no_relocs = NULL; 1345 arelent **relocs; 1346 reloc_type **codes; 1347 reloc_type code; 1348 int n_relocs; 1349 int i; 1350 1351 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data; 1352 if (fixp->fx_addsy == 0) 1353 return &no_relocs; 1354 1355 gas_assert (hppa_fixp != 0); 1356 gas_assert (section != 0); 1357 1358 reloc = XNEW (arelent); 1359 1360 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *); 1361 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy); 1362 1363 /* Allow fixup_segment to recognize hand-written pc-relative relocations. 1364 When we went through cons_fix_new_hppa, we classified them as complex. */ 1365 /* ??? It might be better to hide this +8 stuff in tc_cfi_emit_pcrel_expr, 1366 undefine DIFF_EXPR_OK, and let these sorts of complex expressions fail 1367 when R_HPPA_COMPLEX == R_PARISC_UNIMPLEMENTED. */ 1368 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_COMPLEX 1369 && fixp->fx_pcrel) 1370 { 1371 fixp->fx_r_type = (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 1372 fixp->fx_offset += 8; 1373 } 1374 1375 codes = hppa_gen_reloc_type (stdoutput, 1376 (int) fixp->fx_r_type, 1377 hppa_fixp->fx_r_format, 1378 hppa_fixp->fx_r_field, 1379 fixp->fx_subsy != NULL, 1380 symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy)); 1381 1382 if (codes == NULL) 1383 { 1384 as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line, _("Cannot handle fixup")); 1385 abort (); 1386 } 1387 1388 for (n_relocs = 0; codes[n_relocs]; n_relocs++) 1389 ; 1390 1391 relocs = XNEWVEC (arelent *, n_relocs + 1); 1392 reloc = XNEWVEC (arelent, n_relocs); 1393 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++) 1394 relocs[i] = &reloc[i]; 1395 1396 relocs[n_relocs] = NULL; 1397 1398#ifdef OBJ_ELF 1399 switch (fixp->fx_r_type) 1400 { 1401 default: 1402 gas_assert (n_relocs == 1); 1403 1404 code = *codes[0]; 1405 1406 /* Now, do any processing that is dependent on the relocation type. */ 1407 switch (code) 1408 { 1409 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L: 1410 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R: 1411 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14F: 1412 case R_PARISC_PLABEL32: 1413 case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L: 1414 case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R: 1415 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the 1416 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2 1417 (static link required). This adjustment is done in 1418 bfd/elf32-hppa.c:elf32_hppa_relocate_section. 1419 1420 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs; 1421 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since 1422 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */ 1423 reloc->addend = 0; 1424 break; 1425 1426#ifdef ELF_ARG_RELOC 1427 case R_PARISC_PCREL17R: 1428 case R_PARISC_PCREL17F: 1429 case R_PARISC_PCREL17C: 1430 case R_PARISC_DIR17R: 1431 case R_PARISC_DIR17F: 1432 case R_PARISC_PCREL21L: 1433 case R_PARISC_DIR21L: 1434 reloc->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 1435 fixp->fx_offset); 1436 break; 1437#endif 1438 1439 case R_PARISC_DIR32: 1440 /* Facilitate hand-crafted unwind info. */ 1441 if (strcmp (section->name, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME) == 0) 1442 code = R_PARISC_SEGREL32; 1443 /* Fallthru */ 1444 1445 default: 1446 reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset; 1447 break; 1448 } 1449 1450 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *); 1451 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy); 1452 reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, 1453 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code); 1454 reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; 1455 1456 gas_assert (reloc->howto && (unsigned int) code == reloc->howto->type); 1457 break; 1458 } 1459#else /* OBJ_SOM */ 1460 1461 /* Walk over reach relocation returned by the BFD backend. */ 1462 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++) 1463 { 1464 code = *codes[i]; 1465 1466 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *); 1467 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy); 1468 relocs[i]->howto = 1469 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, 1470 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code); 1471 relocs[i]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; 1472 1473 switch (code) 1474 { 1475 case R_COMP2: 1476 /* The only time we ever use a R_COMP2 fixup is for the difference 1477 of two symbols. With that in mind we fill in all four 1478 relocs now and break out of the loop. */ 1479 gas_assert (i == 1); 1480 relocs[0]->sym_ptr_ptr 1481 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr; 1482 relocs[0]->howto 1483 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, 1484 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[0]); 1485 relocs[0]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; 1486 relocs[0]->addend = 0; 1487 relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *); 1488 *relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy); 1489 relocs[1]->howto 1490 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, 1491 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[1]); 1492 relocs[1]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; 1493 relocs[1]->addend = 0; 1494 relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *); 1495 *relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_subsy); 1496 relocs[2]->howto 1497 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, 1498 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[2]); 1499 relocs[2]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; 1500 relocs[2]->addend = 0; 1501 relocs[3]->sym_ptr_ptr 1502 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr; 1503 relocs[3]->howto 1504 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, 1505 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[3]); 1506 relocs[3]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; 1507 relocs[3]->addend = 0; 1508 relocs[4]->sym_ptr_ptr 1509 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr; 1510 relocs[4]->howto 1511 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, 1512 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[4]); 1513 relocs[4]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; 1514 relocs[4]->addend = 0; 1515 goto done; 1516 case R_PCREL_CALL: 1517 case R_ABS_CALL: 1518 relocs[i]->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 0); 1519 break; 1520 1521 case R_DLT_REL: 1522 case R_DATA_PLABEL: 1523 case R_CODE_PLABEL: 1524 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the 1525 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2 1526 (static link required). 1527 1528 FIXME: We always assume no static link! 1529 1530 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs; 1531 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since 1532 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */ 1533 relocs[i]->addend = 0; 1534 break; 1535 1536 case R_N_MODE: 1537 case R_S_MODE: 1538 case R_D_MODE: 1539 case R_R_MODE: 1540 case R_FSEL: 1541 case R_LSEL: 1542 case R_RSEL: 1543 case R_BEGIN_BRTAB: 1544 case R_END_BRTAB: 1545 case R_BEGIN_TRY: 1546 case R_N0SEL: 1547 case R_N1SEL: 1548 /* There is no symbol or addend associated with these fixups. */ 1549 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *); 1550 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol); 1551 relocs[i]->addend = 0; 1552 break; 1553 1554 case R_END_TRY: 1555 case R_ENTRY: 1556 case R_EXIT: 1557 /* There is no symbol associated with these fixups. */ 1558 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *); 1559 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol); 1560 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset; 1561 break; 1562 1563 default: 1564 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset; 1565 } 1566 } 1567 1568 done: 1569#endif 1570 1571 return relocs; 1572} 1573 1574/* Process any machine dependent frag types. */ 1575 1576void 1577md_convert_frag (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 1578 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 1579 fragS *fragP) 1580{ 1581 unsigned int address; 1582 1583 if (fragP->fr_type == rs_machine_dependent) 1584 { 1585 switch ((int) fragP->fr_subtype) 1586 { 1587 case 0: 1588 fragP->fr_type = rs_fill; 1589 know (fragP->fr_var == 1); 1590 know (fragP->fr_next); 1591 address = fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix; 1592 if (address % fragP->fr_offset) 1593 { 1594 fragP->fr_offset = 1595 fragP->fr_next->fr_address 1596 - fragP->fr_address 1597 - fragP->fr_fix; 1598 } 1599 else 1600 fragP->fr_offset = 0; 1601 break; 1602 } 1603 } 1604} 1605 1606/* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary. */ 1607 1608valueT 1609md_section_align (asection *segment, valueT size) 1610{ 1611 int align = bfd_section_alignment (segment); 1612 int align2 = (1 << align) - 1; 1613 1614 return (size + align2) & ~align2; 1615} 1616 1617/* Return the approximate size of a frag before relaxation has occurred. */ 1618 1619int 1620md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragS *fragP, asection *segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1621{ 1622 int size; 1623 1624 size = 0; 1625 1626 while ((fragP->fr_fix + size) % fragP->fr_offset) 1627 size++; 1628 1629 return size; 1630} 1631 1632#ifdef OBJ_ELF 1633# ifdef WARN_COMMENTS 1634const char *md_shortopts = "Vc"; 1635# else 1636const char *md_shortopts = "V"; 1637# endif 1638#else 1639# ifdef WARN_COMMENTS 1640const char *md_shortopts = "c"; 1641# else 1642const char *md_shortopts = ""; 1643# endif 1644#endif 1645 1646struct option md_longopts[] = 1647{ 1648#ifdef WARN_COMMENTS 1649 {"warn-comment", no_argument, NULL, 'c'}, 1650#endif 1651 {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0} 1652}; 1653size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts); 1654 1655int 1656md_parse_option (int c, const char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1657{ 1658 switch (c) 1659 { 1660 default: 1661 return 0; 1662 1663#ifdef OBJ_ELF 1664 case 'V': 1665 print_version_id (); 1666 break; 1667#endif 1668#ifdef WARN_COMMENTS 1669 case 'c': 1670 warn_comment = 1; 1671 break; 1672#endif 1673 } 1674 1675 return 1; 1676} 1677 1678void 1679md_show_usage (FILE *stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1680{ 1681#ifdef OBJ_ELF 1682 fprintf (stream, _("\ 1683 -Q ignored\n")); 1684#endif 1685#ifdef WARN_COMMENTS 1686 fprintf (stream, _("\ 1687 -c print a warning if a comment is found\n")); 1688#endif 1689} 1690 1691/* We have no need to default values of symbols. */ 1692 1693symbolS * 1694md_undefined_symbol (char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1695{ 1696 return NULL; 1697} 1698 1699#if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC) 1700#define nonzero_dibits(x) \ 1701 ((x) | (((x) & 0x55555555) << 1) | (((x) & 0xAAAAAAAA) >> 1)) 1702#define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) \ 1703 (((CALLER) ^ (CALLEE)) & nonzero_dibits (CALLER) & nonzero_dibits (CALLEE)) 1704#else 1705#define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) 0 1706#endif 1707 1708/* Apply a fixup to an instruction. */ 1709 1710void 1711md_apply_fix (fixS *fixP, valueT *valP, segT seg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1712{ 1713 char *fixpos; 1714 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixP; 1715 offsetT new_val; 1716 int insn, val, fmt; 1717 1718 /* SOM uses R_HPPA_ENTRY and R_HPPA_EXIT relocations which can 1719 never be "applied" (they are just markers). Likewise for 1720 R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB and R_HPPA_END_BRTAB. */ 1721#ifdef OBJ_SOM 1722 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ENTRY 1723 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_EXIT 1724 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB 1725 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_BRTAB 1726 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY) 1727 return; 1728 1729 /* Disgusting. We must set fx_offset ourselves -- R_HPPA_END_TRY 1730 fixups are considered not adjustable, which in turn causes 1731 adjust_reloc_syms to not set fx_offset. Ugh. */ 1732 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_TRY) 1733 { 1734 fixP->fx_offset = * valP; 1735 return; 1736 } 1737#endif 1738#ifdef OBJ_ELF 1739 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY 1740 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT) 1741 return; 1742#endif 1743 1744 if (fixP->fx_addsy == NULL && fixP->fx_pcrel == 0) 1745 fixP->fx_done = 1; 1746 1747 /* There should be a HPPA specific fixup associated with the GAS fixup. */ 1748 hppa_fixP = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixP->tc_fix_data; 1749 if (hppa_fixP == NULL) 1750 { 1751 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line, 1752 _("no hppa_fixup entry for fixup type 0x%x"), 1753 fixP->fx_r_type); 1754 return; 1755 } 1756 1757 fixpos = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where; 1758 1759 if (fixP->fx_size != 4 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_format == 32) 1760 { 1761 /* Handle constant output. */ 1762 number_to_chars_bigendian (fixpos, *valP, fixP->fx_size); 1763 return; 1764 } 1765 1766 insn = bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, fixpos); 1767 fmt = bfd_hppa_insn2fmt (stdoutput, insn); 1768 1769 /* If there is a symbol associated with this fixup, then it's something 1770 which will need a SOM relocation (except for some PC-relative relocs). 1771 In such cases we should treat the "val" or "addend" as zero since it 1772 will be added in as needed from fx_offset in tc_gen_reloc. */ 1773 if ((fixP->fx_addsy != NULL 1774 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_NONE) 1775#ifdef OBJ_SOM 1776 && fmt != 32 1777#endif 1778 ) 1779 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0); 1780#ifdef OBJ_SOM 1781 /* These field selectors imply that we do not want an addend. */ 1782 else if (hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_psel 1783 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rpsel 1784 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_lpsel 1785 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_tsel 1786 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rtsel 1787 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_ltsel) 1788 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0); 1789#endif 1790 else 1791 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field); 1792 1793 /* Handle pc-relative exceptions from above. */ 1794 if ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) 1795 && fixP->fx_addsy 1796 && fixP->fx_pcrel 1797 && !arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixP->fx_addsy), 1798 hppa_fixP->fx_arg_reloc) 1799#ifdef OBJ_ELF 1800 && (* valP - 8 + 8192 < 16384 1801 || (fmt == 17 && * valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288) 1802 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216)) 1803#endif 1804#ifdef OBJ_SOM 1805 && (* valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288 1806 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216)) 1807#endif 1808 && !S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy) 1809 && !S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy) 1810 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == hppa_fixP->segment 1811 && !(fixP->fx_subsy 1812 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_subsy) != hppa_fixP->segment)) 1813 { 1814 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field); 1815 } 1816 1817 switch (fmt) 1818 { 1819 case 10: 1820 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192, 1821 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1822 val = new_val; 1823 1824 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1) | (((val & 0x1ff8) << 1) 1825 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13)); 1826 break; 1827 case -11: 1828 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192, 1829 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1830 val = new_val; 1831 1832 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff9) | (((val & 0x1ffc) << 1) 1833 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13)); 1834 break; 1835 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'j' operand type. */ 1836 case 14: 1837 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192, 1838 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1839 val = new_val; 1840 1841 insn = ((insn & ~ 0x3fff) | low_sign_unext (val, 14)); 1842 break; 1843 1844 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'k' operand type. */ 1845 case 21: 1846 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1048575, -1048576, 1847 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1848 val = new_val; 1849 1850 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1fffff) | re_assemble_21 (val); 1851 break; 1852 1853 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'i' operand type. */ 1854 case 11: 1855 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1023, -1024, 1856 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1857 val = new_val; 1858 1859 insn = (insn & ~ 0x7ff) | low_sign_unext (val, 11); 1860 break; 1861 1862 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'w' operand type. */ 1863 case 12: 1864 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8191, -8192, 1865 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1866 val = new_val - 8; 1867 1868 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1ffd) | re_assemble_12 (val >> 2); 1869 break; 1870 1871 /* Handle some of the opcodes with the 'W' operand type. */ 1872 case 17: 1873 { 1874 offsetT distance = * valP; 1875 1876 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of 1877 range target, then we want to complain. */ 1878 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL 1879 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000) 1880 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 262143, -262144, 1881 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1882 1883 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 262143, -262144, 1884 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1885 val = new_val - 8; 1886 1887 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1f1ffd) | re_assemble_17 (val >> 2); 1888 break; 1889 } 1890 1891 case 22: 1892 { 1893 offsetT distance = * valP; 1894 1895 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of 1896 range target, then we want to complain. */ 1897 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL 1898 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000) 1899 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 8388607, -8388608, 1900 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1901 1902 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8388607, -8388608, 1903 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1904 val = new_val - 8; 1905 1906 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1ffd) | re_assemble_22 (val >> 2); 1907 break; 1908 } 1909 1910 case -10: 1911 val = new_val; 1912 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff1) | re_assemble_16 (val & -8); 1913 break; 1914 1915 case -16: 1916 val = new_val; 1917 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff9) | re_assemble_16 (val & -4); 1918 break; 1919 1920 case 16: 1921 val = new_val; 1922 insn = (insn & ~ 0xffff) | re_assemble_16 (val); 1923 break; 1924 1925 case 32: 1926 insn = new_val; 1927 break; 1928 1929 default: 1930 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line, 1931 _("Unknown relocation encountered in md_apply_fix.")); 1932 return; 1933 } 1934 1935#ifdef OBJ_ELF 1936 switch (fixP->fx_r_type) 1937 { 1938 case R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L: 1939 case R_PARISC_TLS_GD14R: 1940 case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L: 1941 case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM14R: 1942 case R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L: 1943 case R_PARISC_TLS_LE14R: 1944 case R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L: 1945 case R_PARISC_TLS_IE14R: 1946 if (fixP->fx_addsy) 1947 S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy); 1948 break; 1949 default: 1950 break; 1951 } 1952#endif 1953 1954 /* Insert the relocation. */ 1955 bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, insn, fixpos); 1956} 1957 1958/* Exactly what point is a PC-relative offset relative TO? 1959 On the PA, they're relative to the address of the offset. */ 1960 1961long 1962md_pcrel_from (fixS *fixP) 1963{ 1964 return fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address; 1965} 1966 1967/* Return nonzero if the input line pointer is at the end of 1968 a statement. */ 1969 1970static int 1971is_end_of_statement (void) 1972{ 1973 return ((*input_line_pointer == '\n') 1974 || (*input_line_pointer == ';') 1975 || (*input_line_pointer == '!')); 1976} 1977 1978#define REG_NAME_CNT (sizeof (pre_defined_registers) / sizeof (struct pd_reg)) 1979 1980/* Given NAME, find the register number associated with that name, return 1981 the integer value associated with the given name or -1 on failure. */ 1982 1983static int 1984reg_name_search (char *name) 1985{ 1986 int middle, low, high; 1987 int cmp; 1988 1989 low = 0; 1990 high = REG_NAME_CNT - 1; 1991 1992 do 1993 { 1994 middle = (low + high) / 2; 1995 cmp = strcasecmp (name, pre_defined_registers[middle].name); 1996 if (cmp < 0) 1997 high = middle - 1; 1998 else if (cmp > 0) 1999 low = middle + 1; 2000 else 2001 return pre_defined_registers[middle].value; 2002 } 2003 while (low <= high); 2004 2005 return -1; 2006} 2007 2008/* Read a number from S. The number might come in one of many forms, 2009 the most common will be a hex or decimal constant, but it could be 2010 a pre-defined register (Yuk!), or an absolute symbol. 2011 2012 Return 1 on success or 0 on failure. If STRICT, then a missing 2013 register prefix will cause a failure. The number itself is 2014 returned in `pa_number'. 2015 2016 IS_FLOAT indicates that a PA-89 FP register number should be 2017 parsed; A `l' or `r' suffix is checked for if but 2 of IS_FLOAT is 2018 not set. 2019 2020 pa_parse_number can not handle negative constants and will fail 2021 horribly if it is passed such a constant. */ 2022 2023static int 2024pa_parse_number (char **s, int is_float) 2025{ 2026 int num; 2027 char *name; 2028 char c; 2029 symbolS *sym; 2030 int status; 2031 char *p = *s; 2032 bfd_boolean have_prefix; 2033 2034 /* Skip whitespace before the number. */ 2035 while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t') 2036 p = p + 1; 2037 2038 pa_number = -1; 2039 have_prefix = 0; 2040 num = 0; 2041 if (!strict && ISDIGIT (*p)) 2042 { 2043 /* Looks like a number. */ 2044 2045 if (*p == '0' && (*(p + 1) == 'x' || *(p + 1) == 'X')) 2046 { 2047 /* The number is specified in hex. */ 2048 p += 2; 2049 while (ISDIGIT (*p) || ((*p >= 'a') && (*p <= 'f')) 2050 || ((*p >= 'A') && (*p <= 'F'))) 2051 { 2052 if (ISDIGIT (*p)) 2053 num = num * 16 + *p - '0'; 2054 else if (*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'f') 2055 num = num * 16 + *p - 'a' + 10; 2056 else 2057 num = num * 16 + *p - 'A' + 10; 2058 ++p; 2059 } 2060 } 2061 else 2062 { 2063 /* The number is specified in decimal. */ 2064 while (ISDIGIT (*p)) 2065 { 2066 num = num * 10 + *p - '0'; 2067 ++p; 2068 } 2069 } 2070 2071 pa_number = num; 2072 2073 /* Check for a `l' or `r' suffix. */ 2074 if (is_float) 2075 { 2076 pa_number += FP_REG_BASE; 2077 if (! (is_float & 2)) 2078 { 2079 if (IS_R_SELECT (p)) 2080 { 2081 pa_number += FP_REG_RSEL; 2082 ++p; 2083 } 2084 else if (IS_L_SELECT (p)) 2085 { 2086 ++p; 2087 } 2088 } 2089 } 2090 } 2091 else if (*p == '%') 2092 { 2093 /* The number might be a predefined register. */ 2094 have_prefix = 1; 2095 name = p; 2096 p++; 2097 c = *p; 2098 /* Tege hack: Special case for general registers as the general 2099 code makes a binary search with case translation, and is VERY 2100 slow. */ 2101 if (c == 'r') 2102 { 2103 p++; 2104 if (*p == 'e' && *(p + 1) == 't' 2105 && (*(p + 2) == '0' || *(p + 2) == '1')) 2106 { 2107 p += 2; 2108 num = *p - '0' + 28; 2109 p++; 2110 } 2111 else if (*p == 'p') 2112 { 2113 num = 2; 2114 p++; 2115 } 2116 else if (!ISDIGIT (*p)) 2117 { 2118 if (print_errors) 2119 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name); 2120 num = -1; 2121 } 2122 else 2123 { 2124 do 2125 num = num * 10 + *p++ - '0'; 2126 while (ISDIGIT (*p)); 2127 } 2128 } 2129 else 2130 { 2131 /* Do a normal register search. */ 2132 while (is_part_of_name (c)) 2133 { 2134 p = p + 1; 2135 c = *p; 2136 } 2137 *p = 0; 2138 status = reg_name_search (name); 2139 if (status >= 0) 2140 num = status; 2141 else 2142 { 2143 if (print_errors) 2144 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name); 2145 num = -1; 2146 } 2147 *p = c; 2148 } 2149 2150 pa_number = num; 2151 } 2152 else 2153 { 2154 /* And finally, it could be a symbol in the absolute section which 2155 is effectively a constant, or a register alias symbol. */ 2156 name = p; 2157 c = *p; 2158 while (is_part_of_name (c)) 2159 { 2160 p = p + 1; 2161 c = *p; 2162 } 2163 *p = 0; 2164 if ((sym = symbol_find (name)) != NULL) 2165 { 2166 if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == reg_section) 2167 { 2168 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym); 2169 /* Well, we don't really have one, but we do have a 2170 register, so... */ 2171 have_prefix = TRUE; 2172 } 2173 else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == bfd_abs_section_ptr) 2174 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym); 2175 else if (!strict) 2176 { 2177 if (print_errors) 2178 as_bad (_("Non-absolute symbol: '%s'."), name); 2179 num = -1; 2180 } 2181 } 2182 else if (!strict) 2183 { 2184 /* There is where we'd come for an undefined symbol 2185 or for an empty string. For an empty string we 2186 will return zero. That's a concession made for 2187 compatibility with the braindamaged HP assemblers. */ 2188 if (*name == 0) 2189 num = 0; 2190 else 2191 { 2192 if (print_errors) 2193 as_bad (_("Undefined absolute constant: '%s'."), name); 2194 num = -1; 2195 } 2196 } 2197 *p = c; 2198 2199 pa_number = num; 2200 } 2201 2202 if (!strict || have_prefix) 2203 { 2204 *s = p; 2205 return 1; 2206 } 2207 return 0; 2208} 2209 2210/* Return nonzero if the given INSN and L/R information will require 2211 a new PA-1.1 opcode. */ 2212 2213static int 2214need_pa11_opcode (void) 2215{ 2216 if ((pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) != 0 2217 && !(the_insn.fpof1 == DBL && the_insn.fpof2 == DBL)) 2218 { 2219 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture, 2220 then set a new architecture. */ 2221 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < pa11) 2222 { 2223 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, pa11)) 2224 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine")); 2225 } 2226 return TRUE; 2227 } 2228 else 2229 return FALSE; 2230} 2231 2232/* Parse a condition for a fcmp instruction. Return the numerical 2233 code associated with the condition. */ 2234 2235static int 2236pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (char **s) 2237{ 2238 int cond, i; 2239 2240 cond = 0; 2241 2242 for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) 2243 { 2244 if (strncasecmp (*s, fp_cond_map[i].string, 2245 strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string)) == 0) 2246 { 2247 cond = fp_cond_map[i].cond; 2248 *s += strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string); 2249 /* If not a complete match, back up the input string and 2250 report an error. */ 2251 if (**s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 2252 { 2253 *s -= strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string); 2254 break; 2255 } 2256 while (**s == ' ' || **s == '\t') 2257 *s = *s + 1; 2258 return cond; 2259 } 2260 } 2261 2262 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Compare Condition: %s"), *s); 2263 2264 /* Advance over the bogus completer. */ 2265 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 2266 *s += 1; 2267 2268 return 0; 2269} 2270 2271/* Parse a graphics test complete for ftest. */ 2272 2273static int 2274pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (char **s) 2275{ 2276 int value; 2277 2278 value = 0; 2279 if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc8", 4) == 0) 2280 { 2281 value = 5; 2282 *s += 4; 2283 } 2284 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc6", 4) == 0) 2285 { 2286 value = 9; 2287 *s += 4; 2288 } 2289 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc4", 4) == 0) 2290 { 2291 value = 13; 2292 *s += 4; 2293 } 2294 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc2", 4) == 0) 2295 { 2296 value = 17; 2297 *s += 4; 2298 } 2299 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc", 3) == 0) 2300 { 2301 value = 1; 2302 *s += 3; 2303 } 2304 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej8", 4) == 0) 2305 { 2306 value = 6; 2307 *s += 4; 2308 } 2309 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej", 3) == 0) 2310 { 2311 value = 2; 2312 *s += 3; 2313 } 2314 else 2315 { 2316 value = 0; 2317 as_bad (_("Invalid FTEST completer: %s"), *s); 2318 } 2319 2320 return value; 2321} 2322 2323/* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer 2324 type. */ 2325 2326static fp_operand_format 2327pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (char **s) 2328{ 2329 int format; 2330 2331 format = SGL; 2332 if (**s == ',') 2333 { 2334 *s += 1; 2335 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0) 2336 { 2337 format = SGL; 2338 *s += 4; 2339 } 2340 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0) 2341 { 2342 format = DBL; 2343 *s += 4; 2344 } 2345 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0) 2346 { 2347 format = QUAD; 2348 *s += 5; 2349 } 2350 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "w", 1) == 0) 2351 { 2352 format = W; 2353 *s += 2; 2354 } 2355 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uw", 2) == 0) 2356 { 2357 format = UW; 2358 *s += 3; 2359 } 2360 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dw", 2) == 0) 2361 { 2362 format = DW; 2363 *s += 3; 2364 } 2365 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "udw", 3) == 0) 2366 { 2367 format = UDW; 2368 *s += 4; 2369 } 2370 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "qw", 2) == 0) 2371 { 2372 format = QW; 2373 *s += 3; 2374 } 2375 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uqw", 3) == 0) 2376 { 2377 format = UQW; 2378 *s += 4; 2379 } 2380 else 2381 { 2382 format = ILLEGAL_FMT; 2383 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s); 2384 } 2385 } 2386 2387 return format; 2388} 2389 2390/* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer 2391 type. */ 2392 2393static fp_operand_format 2394pa_parse_fp_format (char **s) 2395{ 2396 int format; 2397 2398 format = SGL; 2399 if (**s == ',') 2400 { 2401 *s += 1; 2402 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0) 2403 { 2404 format = SGL; 2405 *s += 4; 2406 } 2407 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0) 2408 { 2409 format = DBL; 2410 *s += 4; 2411 } 2412 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0) 2413 { 2414 format = QUAD; 2415 *s += 5; 2416 } 2417 else 2418 { 2419 format = ILLEGAL_FMT; 2420 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s); 2421 } 2422 } 2423 2424 return format; 2425} 2426 2427/* Convert from a selector string into a selector type. */ 2428 2429static int 2430pa_chk_field_selector (char **str) 2431{ 2432 int middle, low, high; 2433 int cmp; 2434 char name[4]; 2435 2436 /* Read past any whitespace. */ 2437 /* FIXME: should we read past newlines and formfeeds??? */ 2438 while (**str == ' ' || **str == '\t' || **str == '\n' || **str == '\f') 2439 *str = *str + 1; 2440 2441 if ((*str)[1] == '\'' || (*str)[1] == '%') 2442 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]), 2443 name[1] = 0; 2444 else if ((*str)[2] == '\'' || (*str)[2] == '%') 2445 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]), 2446 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]), 2447 name[2] = 0; 2448 else if ((*str)[3] == '\'' || (*str)[3] == '%') 2449 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]), 2450 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]), 2451 name[2] = TOLOWER ((*str)[2]), 2452 name[3] = 0; 2453 else 2454 return e_fsel; 2455 2456 low = 0; 2457 high = sizeof (selector_table) / sizeof (struct selector_entry) - 1; 2458 2459 do 2460 { 2461 middle = (low + high) / 2; 2462 cmp = strcmp (name, selector_table[middle].prefix); 2463 if (cmp < 0) 2464 high = middle - 1; 2465 else if (cmp > 0) 2466 low = middle + 1; 2467 else 2468 { 2469 *str += strlen (name) + 1; 2470#ifndef OBJ_SOM 2471 if (selector_table[middle].field_selector == e_nsel) 2472 return e_fsel; 2473#endif 2474 return selector_table[middle].field_selector; 2475 } 2476 } 2477 while (low <= high); 2478 2479 return e_fsel; 2480} 2481 2482/* Parse a .byte, .word, .long expression for the HPPA. Called by 2483 cons via the TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION macro. */ 2484 2485int 2486parse_cons_expression_hppa (expressionS *exp) 2487{ 2488 int hppa_field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&input_line_pointer); 2489 expression (exp); 2490 return hppa_field_selector; 2491} 2492 2493/* Evaluate an absolute expression EXP which may be modified by 2494 the selector FIELD_SELECTOR. Return the value of the expression. */ 2495static int 2496evaluate_absolute (struct pa_it *insn) 2497{ 2498 offsetT value; 2499 expressionS exp; 2500 int field_selector = insn->field_selector; 2501 2502 exp = insn->exp; 2503 value = exp.X_add_number; 2504 2505 return hppa_field_adjust (0, value, field_selector); 2506} 2507 2508/* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an absolute expression. FIXME. */ 2509 2510static int 2511pa_get_absolute_expression (struct pa_it *insn, char **strp) 2512{ 2513 char *save_in; 2514 2515 insn->field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (strp); 2516 save_in = input_line_pointer; 2517 input_line_pointer = *strp; 2518 expression (&insn->exp); 2519 expr_end = input_line_pointer; 2520 input_line_pointer = save_in; 2521 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant) 2522 { 2523 /* We have a non-match in strict mode. */ 2524 if (!strict) 2525 as_bad (_("Bad segment (should be absolute).")); 2526 return 0; 2527 } 2528 return evaluate_absolute (insn); 2529} 2530 2531/* Get an absolute number. The input string is terminated at the 2532 first whitespace character. */ 2533 2534static int 2535pa_get_number (struct pa_it *insn, char **strp) 2536{ 2537 char *save_in; 2538 char *s, c; 2539 int result; 2540 2541 save_in = input_line_pointer; 2542 input_line_pointer = *strp; 2543 2544 /* The PA assembly syntax is ambiguous in a variety of ways. Consider 2545 this string "4 %r5" Is that the number 4 followed by the register 2546 r5, or is that 4 MOD r5? This situation occurs for example in the 2547 coprocessor load and store instructions. Previously, calling 2548 pa_get_absolute_expression directly results in r5 being entered 2549 in the symbol table. 2550 2551 So, when looking for an absolute number, we cut off the input string 2552 at the first whitespace character. Thus, expressions should generally 2553 contain no whitespace. */ 2554 2555 s = *strp; 2556 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t') 2557 s++; 2558 2559 c = *s; 2560 *s = 0; 2561 2562 result = pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp); 2563 2564 input_line_pointer = save_in; 2565 *s = c; 2566 return result; 2567} 2568 2569/* Given an argument location specification return the associated 2570 argument location number. */ 2571 2572static unsigned int 2573pa_build_arg_reloc (char *type_name) 2574{ 2575 2576 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "no", 2) == 0) 2577 return 0; 2578 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "gr", 2) == 0) 2579 return 1; 2580 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fr", 2) == 0) 2581 return 2; 2582 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fu", 2) == 0) 2583 return 3; 2584 else 2585 as_bad (_("Invalid argument location: %s\n"), type_name); 2586 2587 return 0; 2588} 2589 2590/* Encode and return an argument relocation specification for 2591 the given register in the location specified by arg_reloc. */ 2592 2593static unsigned int 2594pa_align_arg_reloc (unsigned int reg, unsigned int arg_reloc) 2595{ 2596 unsigned int new_reloc; 2597 2598 new_reloc = arg_reloc; 2599 switch (reg) 2600 { 2601 case 0: 2602 new_reloc <<= 8; 2603 break; 2604 case 1: 2605 new_reloc <<= 6; 2606 break; 2607 case 2: 2608 new_reloc <<= 4; 2609 break; 2610 case 3: 2611 new_reloc <<= 2; 2612 break; 2613 default: 2614 as_bad (_("Invalid argument description: %d"), reg); 2615 } 2616 2617 return new_reloc; 2618} 2619 2620/* Parse a non-negated compare/subtract completer returning the 2621 number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */ 2622 2623static int 2624pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (char **s) 2625{ 2626 int cmpltr; 2627 char *name = *s + 1; 2628 char c; 2629 char *save_s = *s; 2630 int nullify = 0; 2631 2632 cmpltr = 0; 2633 if (**s == ',') 2634 { 2635 *s += 1; 2636 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 2637 *s += 1; 2638 c = **s; 2639 **s = 0x00; 2640 2641 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0) 2642 { 2643 cmpltr = 1; 2644 } 2645 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0) 2646 { 2647 cmpltr = 2; 2648 } 2649 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0) 2650 { 2651 cmpltr = 3; 2652 } 2653 else if (strcmp (name, "<<") == 0) 2654 { 2655 cmpltr = 4; 2656 } 2657 else if (strcmp (name, "<<=") == 0) 2658 { 2659 cmpltr = 5; 2660 } 2661 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0) 2662 { 2663 cmpltr = 6; 2664 } 2665 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0) 2666 { 2667 cmpltr = 7; 2668 } 2669 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition 2670 completer. */ 2671 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0) 2672 { 2673 cmpltr = 0; 2674 nullify = 1; 2675 } 2676 else 2677 { 2678 cmpltr = -1; 2679 } 2680 **s = c; 2681 } 2682 2683 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */ 2684 if (nullify) 2685 *s = save_s; 2686 2687 return cmpltr; 2688} 2689 2690/* Parse a negated compare/subtract completer returning the 2691 number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */ 2692 2693static int 2694pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (char **s) 2695{ 2696 int cmpltr; 2697 char *name = *s + 1; 2698 char c; 2699 char *save_s = *s; 2700 int nullify = 0; 2701 2702 cmpltr = 0; 2703 if (**s == ',') 2704 { 2705 *s += 1; 2706 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 2707 *s += 1; 2708 c = **s; 2709 **s = 0x00; 2710 2711 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0) 2712 { 2713 cmpltr = 0; 2714 } 2715 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0) 2716 { 2717 cmpltr = 1; 2718 } 2719 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0) 2720 { 2721 cmpltr = 2; 2722 } 2723 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0) 2724 { 2725 cmpltr = 3; 2726 } 2727 else if (strcmp (name, ">>=") == 0) 2728 { 2729 cmpltr = 4; 2730 } 2731 else if (strcmp (name, ">>") == 0) 2732 { 2733 cmpltr = 5; 2734 } 2735 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0) 2736 { 2737 cmpltr = 6; 2738 } 2739 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0) 2740 { 2741 cmpltr = 7; 2742 } 2743 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition 2744 completer. */ 2745 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0) 2746 { 2747 cmpltr = 0; 2748 nullify = 1; 2749 } 2750 else 2751 { 2752 cmpltr = -1; 2753 } 2754 **s = c; 2755 } 2756 2757 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */ 2758 if (nullify) 2759 *s = save_s; 2760 2761 return cmpltr; 2762} 2763 2764/* Parse a 64 bit compare and branch completer returning the number (for 2765 encoding in instructions) of the given completer. 2766 2767 Nonnegated comparisons are returned as 0-7, negated comparisons are 2768 returned as 8-15. */ 2769 2770static int 2771pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (char **s) 2772{ 2773 int cmpltr; 2774 char *name = *s + 1; 2775 char c; 2776 2777 cmpltr = -1; 2778 if (**s == ',') 2779 { 2780 *s += 1; 2781 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 2782 *s += 1; 2783 c = **s; 2784 **s = 0x00; 2785 2786 if (strcmp (name, "*") == 0) 2787 { 2788 cmpltr = 0; 2789 } 2790 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0) 2791 { 2792 cmpltr = 1; 2793 } 2794 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0) 2795 { 2796 cmpltr = 2; 2797 } 2798 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0) 2799 { 2800 cmpltr = 3; 2801 } 2802 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0) 2803 { 2804 cmpltr = 4; 2805 } 2806 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<=") == 0) 2807 { 2808 cmpltr = 5; 2809 } 2810 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*sv") == 0) 2811 { 2812 cmpltr = 6; 2813 } 2814 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*od") == 0) 2815 { 2816 cmpltr = 7; 2817 } 2818 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*tr") == 0) 2819 { 2820 cmpltr = 8; 2821 } 2822 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0) 2823 { 2824 cmpltr = 9; 2825 } 2826 else if (strcmp (name, "*>=") == 0) 2827 { 2828 cmpltr = 10; 2829 } 2830 else if (strcmp (name, "*>") == 0) 2831 { 2832 cmpltr = 11; 2833 } 2834 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0) 2835 { 2836 cmpltr = 12; 2837 } 2838 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>") == 0) 2839 { 2840 cmpltr = 13; 2841 } 2842 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*nsv") == 0) 2843 { 2844 cmpltr = 14; 2845 } 2846 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*ev") == 0) 2847 { 2848 cmpltr = 15; 2849 } 2850 else 2851 { 2852 cmpltr = -1; 2853 } 2854 **s = c; 2855 } 2856 2857 return cmpltr; 2858} 2859 2860/* Parse a 64 bit compare immediate and branch completer returning the number 2861 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */ 2862 2863static int 2864pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (char **s) 2865{ 2866 int cmpltr; 2867 char *name = *s + 1; 2868 char c; 2869 2870 cmpltr = -1; 2871 if (**s == ',') 2872 { 2873 *s += 1; 2874 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 2875 *s += 1; 2876 c = **s; 2877 **s = 0x00; 2878 2879 if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0) 2880 { 2881 cmpltr = 0; 2882 } 2883 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0) 2884 { 2885 cmpltr = 1; 2886 } 2887 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0) 2888 { 2889 cmpltr = 2; 2890 } 2891 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0) 2892 { 2893 cmpltr = 3; 2894 } 2895 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0) 2896 { 2897 cmpltr = 4; 2898 } 2899 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0) 2900 { 2901 cmpltr = 5; 2902 } 2903 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0) 2904 { 2905 cmpltr = 6; 2906 } 2907 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0) 2908 { 2909 cmpltr = 7; 2910 } 2911 else 2912 { 2913 cmpltr = -1; 2914 } 2915 **s = c; 2916 } 2917 2918 return cmpltr; 2919} 2920 2921/* Parse a non-negated addition completer returning the number 2922 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */ 2923 2924static int 2925pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (char **s) 2926{ 2927 int cmpltr; 2928 char *name = *s + 1; 2929 char c; 2930 char *save_s = *s; 2931 int nullify = 0; 2932 2933 cmpltr = 0; 2934 if (**s == ',') 2935 { 2936 *s += 1; 2937 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 2938 *s += 1; 2939 c = **s; 2940 **s = 0x00; 2941 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0) 2942 { 2943 cmpltr = 1; 2944 } 2945 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0) 2946 { 2947 cmpltr = 2; 2948 } 2949 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0) 2950 { 2951 cmpltr = 3; 2952 } 2953 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0) 2954 { 2955 cmpltr = 4; 2956 } 2957 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0) 2958 { 2959 cmpltr = 5; 2960 } 2961 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0) 2962 { 2963 cmpltr = 6; 2964 } 2965 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0) 2966 { 2967 cmpltr = 7; 2968 } 2969 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition 2970 completer. */ 2971 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0) 2972 { 2973 cmpltr = 0; 2974 nullify = 1; 2975 } 2976 else 2977 { 2978 cmpltr = -1; 2979 } 2980 **s = c; 2981 } 2982 2983 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */ 2984 if (nullify) 2985 *s = save_s; 2986 2987 return cmpltr; 2988} 2989 2990/* Parse a negated addition completer returning the number 2991 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */ 2992 2993static int 2994pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (char **s) 2995{ 2996 int cmpltr; 2997 char *name = *s + 1; 2998 char c; 2999 char *save_s = *s; 3000 int nullify = 0; 3001 3002 cmpltr = 0; 3003 if (**s == ',') 3004 { 3005 *s += 1; 3006 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 3007 *s += 1; 3008 c = **s; 3009 **s = 0x00; 3010 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0) 3011 { 3012 cmpltr = 0; 3013 } 3014 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0) 3015 { 3016 cmpltr = 1; 3017 } 3018 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0) 3019 { 3020 cmpltr = 2; 3021 } 3022 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0) 3023 { 3024 cmpltr = 3; 3025 } 3026 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0) 3027 { 3028 cmpltr = 4; 3029 } 3030 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0) 3031 { 3032 cmpltr = 5; 3033 } 3034 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0) 3035 { 3036 cmpltr = 6; 3037 } 3038 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0) 3039 { 3040 cmpltr = 7; 3041 } 3042 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition 3043 completer. */ 3044 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0) 3045 { 3046 cmpltr = 0; 3047 nullify = 1; 3048 } 3049 else 3050 { 3051 cmpltr = -1; 3052 } 3053 **s = c; 3054 } 3055 3056 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */ 3057 if (nullify) 3058 *s = save_s; 3059 3060 return cmpltr; 3061} 3062 3063/* Parse a 64 bit wide mode add and branch completer returning the number (for 3064 encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */ 3065 3066static int 3067pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (char **s) 3068{ 3069 int cmpltr; 3070 char *name = *s + 1; 3071 char c; 3072 char *save_s = *s; 3073 int nullify = 0; 3074 3075 cmpltr = 0; 3076 if (**s == ',') 3077 { 3078 *s += 1; 3079 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 3080 *s += 1; 3081 c = **s; 3082 **s = 0x00; 3083 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0) 3084 { 3085 cmpltr = 1; 3086 } 3087 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0) 3088 { 3089 cmpltr = 2; 3090 } 3091 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0) 3092 { 3093 cmpltr = 3; 3094 } 3095 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0) 3096 { 3097 cmpltr = 4; 3098 } 3099 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*=") == 0) 3100 { 3101 cmpltr = 5; 3102 } 3103 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<") == 0) 3104 { 3105 cmpltr = 6; 3106 } 3107 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<=") == 0) 3108 { 3109 cmpltr = 7; 3110 } 3111 else if (strcmp (name, "tr") == 0) 3112 { 3113 cmpltr = 8; 3114 } 3115 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0) 3116 { 3117 cmpltr = 9; 3118 } 3119 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0) 3120 { 3121 cmpltr = 10; 3122 } 3123 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0) 3124 { 3125 cmpltr = 11; 3126 } 3127 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0) 3128 { 3129 cmpltr = 12; 3130 } 3131 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<>") == 0) 3132 { 3133 cmpltr = 13; 3134 } 3135 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0) 3136 { 3137 cmpltr = 14; 3138 } 3139 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0) 3140 { 3141 cmpltr = 15; 3142 } 3143 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition 3144 completer. */ 3145 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0) 3146 { 3147 cmpltr = 0; 3148 nullify = 1; 3149 } 3150 else 3151 { 3152 cmpltr = -1; 3153 } 3154 **s = c; 3155 } 3156 3157 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */ 3158 if (nullify) 3159 *s = save_s; 3160 3161 return cmpltr; 3162} 3163 3164/* Do the real work for assembling a single instruction. Store results 3165 into the global "the_insn" variable. */ 3166 3167static void 3168pa_ip (char *str) 3169{ 3170 const char *error_message = ""; 3171 char *s, c, *argstart, *name, *save_s; 3172 const char *args; 3173 int match = FALSE; 3174 int comma = 0; 3175 int cmpltr, nullif, flag, cond, need_cond, num; 3176 int immediate_check = 0, pos = -1, len = -1; 3177 unsigned long opcode; 3178 struct pa_opcode *insn; 3179 3180#ifdef OBJ_SOM 3181 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 3182 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 3183#endif 3184 3185 /* Convert everything up to the first whitespace character into lower 3186 case. */ 3187 for (s = str; *s != ' ' && *s != '\t' && *s != '\n' && *s != '\0'; s++) 3188 *s = TOLOWER (*s); 3189 3190 /* Skip to something interesting. */ 3191 for (s = str; 3192 ISUPPER (*s) || ISLOWER (*s) || (*s >= '0' && *s <= '3'); 3193 ++s) 3194 ; 3195 3196 switch (*s) 3197 { 3198 3199 case '\0': 3200 break; 3201 3202 case ',': 3203 comma = 1; 3204 3205 /*FALLTHROUGH */ 3206 3207 case ' ': 3208 *s++ = '\0'; 3209 break; 3210 3211 default: 3212 as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str); 3213 return; 3214 } 3215 3216 /* Look up the opcode in the hash table. */ 3217 if ((insn = (struct pa_opcode *) hash_find (op_hash, str)) == NULL) 3218 { 3219 as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str); 3220 return; 3221 } 3222 3223 if (comma) 3224 *--s = ','; 3225 3226 /* Mark the location where arguments for the instruction start, then 3227 start processing them. */ 3228 argstart = s; 3229 for (;;) 3230 { 3231 /* Do some initialization. */ 3232 opcode = insn->match; 3233 strict = (insn->flags & FLAG_STRICT); 3234 memset (&the_insn, 0, sizeof (the_insn)); 3235 need_cond = 1; 3236 3237 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_NONE; 3238 3239 if (insn->arch >= pa20 3240 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch) 3241 goto failed; 3242 3243 /* Build the opcode, checking as we go to make 3244 sure that the operands match. */ 3245 for (args = insn->args;; ++args) 3246 { 3247 /* Absorb white space in instruction. */ 3248 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t') 3249 s++; 3250 3251 switch (*args) 3252 { 3253 /* End of arguments. */ 3254 case '\0': 3255 if (*s == '\0') 3256 match = TRUE; 3257 break; 3258 3259 case '+': 3260 if (*s == '+') 3261 { 3262 ++s; 3263 continue; 3264 } 3265 if (*s == '-') 3266 continue; 3267 break; 3268 3269 /* These must match exactly. */ 3270 case '(': 3271 case ')': 3272 case ',': 3273 case ' ': 3274 if (*s++ == *args) 3275 continue; 3276 break; 3277 3278 /* Handle a 5 bit register or control register field at 10. */ 3279 case 'b': 3280 case '^': 3281 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0)) 3282 break; 3283 num = pa_number; 3284 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 3285 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21); 3286 3287 /* Handle %sar or %cr11. No bits get set, we just verify that it 3288 is there. */ 3289 case '!': 3290 /* Skip whitespace before register. */ 3291 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t') 3292 s = s + 1; 3293 3294 if (!strncasecmp (s, "%sar", 4)) 3295 { 3296 s += 4; 3297 continue; 3298 } 3299 else if (!strncasecmp (s, "%cr11", 5)) 3300 { 3301 s += 5; 3302 continue; 3303 } 3304 break; 3305 3306 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 15. */ 3307 case 'x': 3308 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0)) 3309 break; 3310 num = pa_number; 3311 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 3312 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16); 3313 3314 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 31. */ 3315 case 't': 3316 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0)) 3317 break; 3318 num = pa_number; 3319 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 3320 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 3321 3322 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 10 and 15. */ 3323 case 'a': 3324 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0)) 3325 break; 3326 num = pa_number; 3327 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 3328 opcode |= num << 16; 3329 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21); 3330 3331 /* Handle a 5 bit field length at 31. */ 3332 case 'T': 3333 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 3334 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 3335 break; 3336 s = expr_end; 3337 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32, 1, 0); 3338 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num); 3339 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 32 - num, 0); 3340 3341 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 15. */ 3342 case '5': 3343 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 3344 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 3345 break; 3346 s = expr_end; 3347 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this 3348 match instead of giving an out of range error. */ 3349 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict); 3350 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5); 3351 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16); 3352 3353 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 31. */ 3354 case 'V': 3355 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 3356 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 3357 break; 3358 s = expr_end; 3359 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this 3360 match instead of giving an out of range error. */ 3361 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict); 3362 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5); 3363 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 3364 3365 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 31. */ 3366 case 'r': 3367 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 3368 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 3369 break; 3370 s = expr_end; 3371 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict); 3372 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 3373 3374 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 15. */ 3375 case 'R': 3376 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 3377 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 3378 break; 3379 s = expr_end; 3380 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict); 3381 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16); 3382 3383 /* Handle an unsigned 10 bit immediate at 15. */ 3384 case 'U': 3385 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 3386 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 3387 break; 3388 s = expr_end; 3389 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict); 3390 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16); 3391 3392 /* Handle a 2 bit space identifier at 17. */ 3393 case 's': 3394 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0)) 3395 break; 3396 num = pa_number; 3397 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 0, 1); 3398 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 14); 3399 3400 /* Handle a 3 bit space identifier at 18. */ 3401 case 'S': 3402 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0)) 3403 break; 3404 num = pa_number; 3405 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, 1); 3406 opcode |= re_assemble_3 (num); 3407 continue; 3408 3409 /* Handle all completers. */ 3410 case 'c': 3411 switch (*++args) 3412 { 3413 3414 /* Handle a completer for an indexing load or store. */ 3415 case 'X': 3416 case 'x': 3417 { 3418 int uu = 0; 3419 int m = 0; 3420 int i = 0; 3421 while (*s == ',' && i < 2) 3422 { 3423 s++; 3424 if (strncasecmp (s, "sm", 2) == 0) 3425 { 3426 uu = 1; 3427 m = 1; 3428 s++; 3429 i++; 3430 } 3431 else if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0) 3432 m = 1; 3433 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "s ", 2) == 0) 3434 || (strncasecmp (s, "s,", 2) == 0)) 3435 uu = 1; 3436 else if (strict) 3437 { 3438 /* This is a match failure. */ 3439 s--; 3440 break; 3441 } 3442 else 3443 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer.")); 3444 s++; 3445 i++; 3446 } 3447 if (i > 2) 3448 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer Syntax.")); 3449 opcode |= m << 5; 3450 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, uu, 13); 3451 } 3452 3453 /* Handle a short load/store completer. */ 3454 case 'M': 3455 case 'm': 3456 case 'q': 3457 case 'J': 3458 case 'e': 3459 { 3460 int a = 0; 3461 int m = 0; 3462 if (*s == ',') 3463 { 3464 s++; 3465 if (strncasecmp (s, "ma", 2) == 0) 3466 { 3467 a = 0; 3468 m = 1; 3469 s += 2; 3470 } 3471 else if (strncasecmp (s, "mb", 2) == 0) 3472 { 3473 a = 1; 3474 m = 1; 3475 s += 2; 3476 } 3477 else if (strict) 3478 /* This is a match failure. */ 3479 s--; 3480 else 3481 { 3482 as_bad (_("Invalid Short Load/Store Completer.")); 3483 s += 2; 3484 } 3485 } 3486 /* If we did not get a ma/mb completer, then we do not 3487 consider this a positive match for 'ce'. */ 3488 else if (*args == 'e') 3489 break; 3490 3491 /* 'J', 'm', 'M' and 'q' are the same, except for where they 3492 encode the before/after field. */ 3493 if (*args == 'm' || *args == 'M') 3494 { 3495 opcode |= m << 5; 3496 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13); 3497 } 3498 else if (*args == 'q') 3499 { 3500 opcode |= m << 3; 3501 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2); 3502 } 3503 else if (*args == 'J') 3504 { 3505 /* M bit is explicit in the major opcode. */ 3506 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2); 3507 } 3508 else 3509 { 3510 gas_assert (*args == 'e'); 3511 /* Stash the ma/mb flag temporarily in the 3512 instruction. We will use (and remove it) 3513 later when handling 'J', 'K', '<' & '>'. */ 3514 opcode |= a; 3515 continue; 3516 } 3517 } 3518 3519 /* Handle a stbys completer. */ 3520 case 'A': 3521 case 's': 3522 { 3523 int a = 0; 3524 int m = 0; 3525 int i = 0; 3526 while (*s == ',' && i < 2) 3527 { 3528 s++; 3529 if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0) 3530 m = 1; 3531 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "b ", 2) == 0) 3532 || (strncasecmp (s, "b,", 2) == 0)) 3533 a = 0; 3534 else if (strncasecmp (s, "e", 1) == 0) 3535 a = 1; 3536 /* In strict mode, this is a match failure. */ 3537 else if (strict) 3538 { 3539 s--; 3540 break; 3541 } 3542 else 3543 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer")); 3544 s++; 3545 i++; 3546 } 3547 if (i > 2) 3548 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer")); 3549 opcode |= m << 5; 3550 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13); 3551 } 3552 3553 /* Handle load cache hint completer. */ 3554 case 'c': 3555 cmpltr = 0; 3556 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3)) 3557 { 3558 s += 3; 3559 cmpltr = 2; 3560 } 3561 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10); 3562 3563 /* Handle store cache hint completer. */ 3564 case 'C': 3565 cmpltr = 0; 3566 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3)) 3567 { 3568 s += 3; 3569 cmpltr = 2; 3570 } 3571 else if (!strncmp (s, ",bc", 3)) 3572 { 3573 s += 3; 3574 cmpltr = 1; 3575 } 3576 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10); 3577 3578 /* Handle load and clear cache hint completer. */ 3579 case 'd': 3580 cmpltr = 0; 3581 if (!strncmp (s, ",co", 3)) 3582 { 3583 s += 3; 3584 cmpltr = 1; 3585 } 3586 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10); 3587 3588 /* Handle load ordering completer. */ 3589 case 'o': 3590 if (strncmp (s, ",o", 2) != 0) 3591 break; 3592 s += 2; 3593 continue; 3594 3595 /* Handle a branch gate completer. */ 3596 case 'g': 3597 if (strncasecmp (s, ",gate", 5) != 0) 3598 break; 3599 s += 5; 3600 continue; 3601 3602 /* Handle a branch link and push completer. */ 3603 case 'p': 3604 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l,push", 7) != 0) 3605 break; 3606 s += 7; 3607 continue; 3608 3609 /* Handle a branch link completer. */ 3610 case 'l': 3611 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0) 3612 break; 3613 s += 2; 3614 continue; 3615 3616 /* Handle a branch pop completer. */ 3617 case 'P': 3618 if (strncasecmp (s, ",pop", 4) != 0) 3619 break; 3620 s += 4; 3621 continue; 3622 3623 /* Handle a local processor completer. */ 3624 case 'L': 3625 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0) 3626 break; 3627 s += 2; 3628 continue; 3629 3630 /* Handle a PROBE read/write completer. */ 3631 case 'w': 3632 flag = 0; 3633 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2)) 3634 { 3635 flag = 1; 3636 s += 2; 3637 } 3638 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2)) 3639 { 3640 flag = 0; 3641 s += 2; 3642 } 3643 3644 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6); 3645 3646 /* Handle MFCTL wide completer. */ 3647 case 'W': 3648 if (strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2) != 0) 3649 break; 3650 s += 2; 3651 continue; 3652 3653 /* Handle an RFI restore completer. */ 3654 case 'r': 3655 flag = 0; 3656 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2)) 3657 { 3658 flag = 5; 3659 s += 2; 3660 } 3661 3662 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5); 3663 3664 /* Handle a system control completer. */ 3665 case 'Z': 3666 if (*s == ',' && (*(s + 1) == 'm' || *(s + 1) == 'M')) 3667 { 3668 flag = 1; 3669 s += 2; 3670 } 3671 else 3672 flag = 0; 3673 3674 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5); 3675 3676 /* Handle intermediate/final completer for DCOR. */ 3677 case 'i': 3678 flag = 0; 3679 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",i", 2)) 3680 { 3681 flag = 1; 3682 s += 2; 3683 } 3684 3685 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6); 3686 3687 /* Handle zero/sign extension completer. */ 3688 case 'z': 3689 flag = 1; 3690 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",z", 2)) 3691 { 3692 flag = 0; 3693 s += 2; 3694 } 3695 3696 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10); 3697 3698 /* Handle add completer. */ 3699 case 'a': 3700 flag = 1; 3701 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2)) 3702 { 3703 flag = 2; 3704 s += 2; 3705 } 3706 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4)) 3707 { 3708 flag = 3; 3709 s += 4; 3710 } 3711 3712 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10); 3713 3714 /* Handle 64 bit carry for ADD. */ 3715 case 'Y': 3716 flag = 0; 3717 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc,tsv", 7) || 3718 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,dc", 7)) 3719 { 3720 flag = 1; 3721 s += 7; 3722 } 3723 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc", 3)) 3724 { 3725 flag = 0; 3726 s += 3; 3727 } 3728 else 3729 break; 3730 3731 /* Condition is not required with "dc". */ 3732 need_cond = 0; 3733 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 3734 3735 /* Handle 32 bit carry for ADD. */ 3736 case 'y': 3737 flag = 0; 3738 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c,tsv", 6) || 3739 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,c", 6)) 3740 { 3741 flag = 1; 3742 s += 6; 3743 } 3744 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c", 2)) 3745 { 3746 flag = 0; 3747 s += 2; 3748 } 3749 else 3750 break; 3751 3752 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 3753 3754 /* Handle trap on signed overflow. */ 3755 case 'v': 3756 flag = 0; 3757 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4)) 3758 { 3759 flag = 1; 3760 s += 4; 3761 } 3762 3763 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 3764 3765 /* Handle trap on condition and overflow. */ 3766 case 't': 3767 flag = 0; 3768 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc,tsv", 7) || 3769 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,tc", 7)) 3770 { 3771 flag = 1; 3772 s += 7; 3773 } 3774 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3)) 3775 { 3776 flag = 0; 3777 s += 3; 3778 } 3779 else 3780 break; 3781 3782 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 3783 3784 /* Handle 64 bit borrow for SUB. */ 3785 case 'B': 3786 flag = 0; 3787 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db,tsv", 7) || 3788 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,db", 7)) 3789 { 3790 flag = 1; 3791 s += 7; 3792 } 3793 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db", 3)) 3794 { 3795 flag = 0; 3796 s += 3; 3797 } 3798 else 3799 break; 3800 3801 /* Condition is not required with "db". */ 3802 need_cond = 0; 3803 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 3804 3805 /* Handle 32 bit borrow for SUB. */ 3806 case 'b': 3807 flag = 0; 3808 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b,tsv", 6) || 3809 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,b", 6)) 3810 { 3811 flag = 1; 3812 s += 6; 3813 } 3814 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b", 2)) 3815 { 3816 flag = 0; 3817 s += 2; 3818 } 3819 else 3820 break; 3821 3822 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 3823 3824 /* Handle trap condition completer for UADDCM. */ 3825 case 'T': 3826 flag = 0; 3827 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3)) 3828 { 3829 flag = 1; 3830 s += 3; 3831 } 3832 3833 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6); 3834 3835 /* Handle signed/unsigned at 21. */ 3836 case 'S': 3837 { 3838 int sign = 1; 3839 if (strncasecmp (s, ",s", 2) == 0) 3840 { 3841 sign = 1; 3842 s += 2; 3843 } 3844 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",u", 2) == 0) 3845 { 3846 sign = 0; 3847 s += 2; 3848 } 3849 3850 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sign, 10); 3851 } 3852 3853 /* Handle left/right combination at 17:18. */ 3854 case 'h': 3855 if (*s++ == ',') 3856 { 3857 int lr = 0; 3858 if (*s == 'r') 3859 lr = 2; 3860 else if (*s == 'l') 3861 lr = 0; 3862 else 3863 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer")); 3864 3865 s++; 3866 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, lr, 13); 3867 } 3868 else 3869 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer")); 3870 break; 3871 3872 /* Handle saturation at 24:25. */ 3873 case 'H': 3874 { 3875 int sat = 3; 3876 if (strncasecmp (s, ",ss", 3) == 0) 3877 { 3878 sat = 1; 3879 s += 3; 3880 } 3881 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",us", 3) == 0) 3882 { 3883 sat = 0; 3884 s += 3; 3885 } 3886 3887 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sat, 6); 3888 } 3889 3890 /* Handle permutation completer. */ 3891 case '*': 3892 if (*s++ == ',') 3893 { 3894 int permloc[4]; 3895 int perm = 0; 3896 int i = 0; 3897 permloc[0] = 13; 3898 permloc[1] = 10; 3899 permloc[2] = 8; 3900 permloc[3] = 6; 3901 for (; i < 4; i++) 3902 { 3903 switch (*s++) 3904 { 3905 case '0': 3906 perm = 0; 3907 break; 3908 case '1': 3909 perm = 1; 3910 break; 3911 case '2': 3912 perm = 2; 3913 break; 3914 case '3': 3915 perm = 3; 3916 break; 3917 default: 3918 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer")); 3919 } 3920 opcode |= perm << permloc[i]; 3921 } 3922 continue; 3923 } 3924 else 3925 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer")); 3926 break; 3927 3928 default: 3929 abort (); 3930 } 3931 break; 3932 3933 /* Handle all conditions. */ 3934 case '?': 3935 { 3936 args++; 3937 switch (*args) 3938 { 3939 /* Handle FP compare conditions. */ 3940 case 'f': 3941 cond = pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (&s); 3942 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cond, 0); 3943 3944 /* Handle an add condition. */ 3945 case 'A': 3946 case 'a': 3947 cmpltr = 0; 3948 flag = 0; 3949 if (*s == ',') 3950 { 3951 s++; 3952 3953 /* 64 bit conditions. */ 3954 if (*args == 'A') 3955 { 3956 if (*s == '*') 3957 s++; 3958 else 3959 break; 3960 } 3961 else if (*s == '*') 3962 break; 3963 3964 name = s; 3965 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t') 3966 s += 1; 3967 c = *s; 3968 *s = 0x00; 3969 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0) 3970 cmpltr = 1; 3971 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0) 3972 cmpltr = 2; 3973 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0) 3974 cmpltr = 3; 3975 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0) 3976 cmpltr = 4; 3977 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0) 3978 cmpltr = 5; 3979 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0) 3980 cmpltr = 6; 3981 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0) 3982 cmpltr = 7; 3983 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0) 3984 { 3985 cmpltr = 0; 3986 flag = 1; 3987 } 3988 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0) 3989 { 3990 cmpltr = 1; 3991 flag = 1; 3992 } 3993 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0) 3994 { 3995 cmpltr = 2; 3996 flag = 1; 3997 } 3998 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0) 3999 { 4000 cmpltr = 3; 4001 flag = 1; 4002 } 4003 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0) 4004 { 4005 cmpltr = 4; 4006 flag = 1; 4007 } 4008 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0) 4009 { 4010 cmpltr = 5; 4011 flag = 1; 4012 } 4013 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0) 4014 { 4015 cmpltr = 6; 4016 flag = 1; 4017 } 4018 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0) 4019 { 4020 cmpltr = 7; 4021 flag = 1; 4022 } 4023 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */ 4024 else if (*args == 'a' || *name) 4025 as_bad (_("Invalid Add Condition: %s"), name); 4026 *s = c; 4027 } 4028 /* Except with "dc", we have a match failure with 4029 'A' if we don't have a doubleword condition. */ 4030 else if (*args == 'A' && need_cond) 4031 break; 4032 4033 opcode |= cmpltr << 13; 4034 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12); 4035 4036 /* Handle non-negated add and branch condition. */ 4037 case 'd': 4038 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s); 4039 if (cmpltr < 0) 4040 { 4041 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition")); 4042 cmpltr = 0; 4043 } 4044 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13); 4045 4046 /* Handle 64 bit wide-mode add and branch condition. */ 4047 case 'W': 4048 cmpltr = pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (&s); 4049 if (cmpltr < 0) 4050 { 4051 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition")); 4052 cmpltr = 0; 4053 } 4054 else 4055 { 4056 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */ 4057 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 24; 4058 } 4059 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13); 4060 4061 /* Handle a negated or non-negated add and branch 4062 condition. */ 4063 case '@': 4064 save_s = s; 4065 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s); 4066 if (cmpltr < 0) 4067 { 4068 s = save_s; 4069 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (&s); 4070 if (cmpltr < 0) 4071 { 4072 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition")); 4073 cmpltr = 0; 4074 } 4075 else 4076 { 4077 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */ 4078 opcode |= 1 << 27; 4079 } 4080 } 4081 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13); 4082 4083 /* Handle branch on bit conditions. */ 4084 case 'B': 4085 case 'b': 4086 cmpltr = 0; 4087 if (*s == ',') 4088 { 4089 s++; 4090 4091 if (*args == 'B') 4092 { 4093 if (*s == '*') 4094 s++; 4095 else 4096 break; 4097 } 4098 else if (*s == '*') 4099 break; 4100 4101 if (strncmp (s, "<", 1) == 0) 4102 { 4103 cmpltr = 0; 4104 s++; 4105 } 4106 else if (strncmp (s, ">=", 2) == 0) 4107 { 4108 cmpltr = 1; 4109 s += 2; 4110 } 4111 else 4112 as_bad (_("Invalid Branch On Bit Condition: %c"), *s); 4113 } 4114 else 4115 as_bad (_("Missing Branch On Bit Condition")); 4116 4117 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 15); 4118 4119 /* Handle a compare/subtract condition. */ 4120 case 'S': 4121 case 's': 4122 cmpltr = 0; 4123 flag = 0; 4124 if (*s == ',') 4125 { 4126 s++; 4127 4128 /* 64 bit conditions. */ 4129 if (*args == 'S') 4130 { 4131 if (*s == '*') 4132 s++; 4133 else 4134 break; 4135 } 4136 else if (*s == '*') 4137 break; 4138 4139 name = s; 4140 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t') 4141 s += 1; 4142 c = *s; 4143 *s = 0x00; 4144 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0) 4145 cmpltr = 1; 4146 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0) 4147 cmpltr = 2; 4148 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0) 4149 cmpltr = 3; 4150 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<") == 0) 4151 cmpltr = 4; 4152 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<=") == 0) 4153 cmpltr = 5; 4154 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0) 4155 cmpltr = 6; 4156 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0) 4157 cmpltr = 7; 4158 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0) 4159 { 4160 cmpltr = 0; 4161 flag = 1; 4162 } 4163 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0) 4164 { 4165 cmpltr = 1; 4166 flag = 1; 4167 } 4168 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0) 4169 { 4170 cmpltr = 2; 4171 flag = 1; 4172 } 4173 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0) 4174 { 4175 cmpltr = 3; 4176 flag = 1; 4177 } 4178 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>=") == 0) 4179 { 4180 cmpltr = 4; 4181 flag = 1; 4182 } 4183 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>") == 0) 4184 { 4185 cmpltr = 5; 4186 flag = 1; 4187 } 4188 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0) 4189 { 4190 cmpltr = 6; 4191 flag = 1; 4192 } 4193 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0) 4194 { 4195 cmpltr = 7; 4196 flag = 1; 4197 } 4198 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */ 4199 else if (*args != 'S' || *name) 4200 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %s"), 4201 name); 4202 *s = c; 4203 } 4204 /* Except with "db", we have a match failure with 4205 'S' if we don't have a doubleword condition. */ 4206 else if (*args == 'S' && need_cond) 4207 break; 4208 4209 opcode |= cmpltr << 13; 4210 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12); 4211 4212 /* Handle a non-negated compare condition. */ 4213 case 't': 4214 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s); 4215 if (cmpltr < 0) 4216 { 4217 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition")); 4218 cmpltr = 0; 4219 } 4220 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13); 4221 4222 /* Handle a 32 bit compare and branch condition. */ 4223 case 'n': 4224 save_s = s; 4225 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s); 4226 if (cmpltr < 0) 4227 { 4228 s = save_s; 4229 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s); 4230 if (cmpltr < 0) 4231 { 4232 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare and Branch Condition")); 4233 cmpltr = 0; 4234 } 4235 else 4236 { 4237 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */ 4238 opcode |= 1 << 27; 4239 } 4240 } 4241 4242 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13); 4243 4244 /* Handle a 64 bit compare and branch condition. */ 4245 case 'N': 4246 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (&s); 4247 if (cmpltr >= 0) 4248 { 4249 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */ 4250 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 26; 4251 } 4252 else 4253 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */ 4254 break; 4255 4256 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13); 4257 4258 /* Handle a 64 bit cmpib condition. */ 4259 case 'Q': 4260 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (&s); 4261 if (cmpltr < 0) 4262 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */ 4263 break; 4264 4265 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13); 4266 4267 /* Handle a logical instruction condition. */ 4268 case 'L': 4269 case 'l': 4270 cmpltr = 0; 4271 flag = 0; 4272 if (*s == ',') 4273 { 4274 s++; 4275 4276 /* 64 bit conditions. */ 4277 if (*args == 'L') 4278 { 4279 if (*s == '*') 4280 s++; 4281 else 4282 break; 4283 } 4284 else if (*s == '*') 4285 break; 4286 4287 name = s; 4288 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t') 4289 s += 1; 4290 c = *s; 4291 *s = 0x00; 4292 4293 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0) 4294 cmpltr = 1; 4295 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0) 4296 cmpltr = 2; 4297 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0) 4298 cmpltr = 3; 4299 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0) 4300 cmpltr = 7; 4301 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0) 4302 { 4303 cmpltr = 0; 4304 flag = 1; 4305 } 4306 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0) 4307 { 4308 cmpltr = 1; 4309 flag = 1; 4310 } 4311 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0) 4312 { 4313 cmpltr = 2; 4314 flag = 1; 4315 } 4316 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0) 4317 { 4318 cmpltr = 3; 4319 flag = 1; 4320 } 4321 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0) 4322 { 4323 cmpltr = 7; 4324 flag = 1; 4325 } 4326 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */ 4327 else if (*args != 'L' || *name) 4328 as_bad (_("Invalid Logical Instruction Condition.")); 4329 *s = c; 4330 } 4331 /* 32-bit is default for no condition. */ 4332 else if (*args == 'L') 4333 break; 4334 4335 opcode |= cmpltr << 13; 4336 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12); 4337 4338 /* Handle a shift/extract/deposit condition. */ 4339 case 'X': 4340 case 'x': 4341 case 'y': 4342 cmpltr = 0; 4343 /* Check immediate values in shift/extract/deposit 4344 * instructions if they will give undefined behaviour. */ 4345 immediate_check = 1; 4346 if (*s == ',') 4347 { 4348 save_s = s++; 4349 4350 /* 64 bit conditions. */ 4351 if (*args == 'X') 4352 { 4353 if (*s == '*') 4354 s++; 4355 else 4356 break; 4357 } 4358 else if (*s == '*') 4359 break; 4360 4361 name = s; 4362 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t') 4363 s += 1; 4364 c = *s; 4365 *s = 0x00; 4366 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0) 4367 cmpltr = 1; 4368 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0) 4369 cmpltr = 2; 4370 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0) 4371 cmpltr = 3; 4372 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0) 4373 cmpltr = 4; 4374 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0) 4375 cmpltr = 5; 4376 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0) 4377 cmpltr = 6; 4378 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0) 4379 cmpltr = 7; 4380 /* Handle movb,n. Put things back the way they were. 4381 This includes moving s back to where it started. */ 4382 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && *args == 'y') 4383 { 4384 *s = c; 4385 s = save_s; 4386 continue; 4387 } 4388 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */ 4389 else if (*args != 'X' || *name) 4390 as_bad (_("Invalid Shift/Extract/Deposit Condition.")); 4391 *s = c; 4392 } 4393 4394 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13); 4395 4396 /* Handle a unit instruction condition. */ 4397 case 'U': 4398 case 'u': 4399 cmpltr = 0; 4400 flag = 0; 4401 if (*s == ',') 4402 { 4403 int uxor; 4404 s++; 4405 4406 /* 64 bit conditions. */ 4407 if (*args == 'U') 4408 { 4409 if (*s == '*') 4410 s++; 4411 else 4412 break; 4413 } 4414 else if (*s == '*') 4415 break; 4416 4417 /* The uxor instruction only supports unit conditions 4418 not involving carries. */ 4419 uxor = (opcode & 0xfc000fc0) == 0x08000380; 4420 if (strncasecmp (s, "sbz", 3) == 0) 4421 { 4422 cmpltr = 2; 4423 s += 3; 4424 } 4425 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shz", 3) == 0) 4426 { 4427 cmpltr = 3; 4428 s += 3; 4429 } 4430 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "sdc", 3) == 0) 4431 { 4432 cmpltr = 4; 4433 s += 3; 4434 } 4435 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "sbc", 3) == 0) 4436 { 4437 cmpltr = 6; 4438 s += 3; 4439 } 4440 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "shc", 3) == 0) 4441 { 4442 cmpltr = 7; 4443 s += 3; 4444 } 4445 else if (strncasecmp (s, "tr", 2) == 0) 4446 { 4447 cmpltr = 0; 4448 flag = 1; 4449 s += 2; 4450 } 4451 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbz", 3) == 0) 4452 { 4453 cmpltr = 2; 4454 flag = 1; 4455 s += 3; 4456 } 4457 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhz", 3) == 0) 4458 { 4459 cmpltr = 3; 4460 flag = 1; 4461 s += 3; 4462 } 4463 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "ndc", 3) == 0) 4464 { 4465 cmpltr = 4; 4466 flag = 1; 4467 s += 3; 4468 } 4469 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "nbc", 3) == 0) 4470 { 4471 cmpltr = 6; 4472 flag = 1; 4473 s += 3; 4474 } 4475 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "nhc", 3) == 0) 4476 { 4477 cmpltr = 7; 4478 flag = 1; 4479 s += 3; 4480 } 4481 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swz", 3) == 0) 4482 { 4483 cmpltr = 1; 4484 flag = 0; 4485 s += 3; 4486 } 4487 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "swc", 3) == 0) 4488 { 4489 cmpltr = 5; 4490 flag = 0; 4491 s += 3; 4492 } 4493 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwz", 3) == 0) 4494 { 4495 cmpltr = 1; 4496 flag = 1; 4497 s += 3; 4498 } 4499 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "nwc", 3) == 0) 4500 { 4501 cmpltr = 5; 4502 flag = 1; 4503 s += 3; 4504 } 4505 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */ 4506 else if (*args != 'U' || (*s != ' ' && *s != '\t')) 4507 as_bad (_("Invalid Unit Instruction Condition.")); 4508 } 4509 /* 32-bit is default for no condition. */ 4510 else if (*args == 'U') 4511 break; 4512 4513 opcode |= cmpltr << 13; 4514 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12); 4515 4516 default: 4517 abort (); 4518 } 4519 break; 4520 } 4521 4522 /* Handle a nullification completer for branch instructions. */ 4523 case 'n': 4524 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s); 4525 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 1); 4526 4527 /* Handle a nullification completer for copr and spop insns. */ 4528 case 'N': 4529 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s); 4530 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 5); 4531 4532 /* Handle ,%r2 completer for new syntax branches. */ 4533 case 'L': 4534 if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%r2", 3) == 0) 4535 s += 4; 4536 else if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%rp", 3) == 0) 4537 s += 4; 4538 else 4539 break; 4540 continue; 4541 4542 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values 4543 are 0..6 inclusive. */ 4544 case 'h': 4545 get_expression (s); 4546 s = expr_end; 4547 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4548 { 4549 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4550 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0); 4551 num++; 4552 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13); 4553 } 4554 else 4555 break; 4556 4557 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values 4558 are 0..6 inclusive. */ 4559 case 'm': 4560 get_expression (s); 4561 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4562 { 4563 s = expr_end; 4564 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4565 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0); 4566 num = (num + 1) ^ 1; 4567 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13); 4568 } 4569 else 4570 break; 4571 4572 /* Handle graphics test completers for ftest */ 4573 case '=': 4574 { 4575 num = pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (&s); 4576 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 4577 } 4578 4579 /* Handle a 11 bit immediate at 31. */ 4580 case 'i': 4581 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4582 get_expression (s); 4583 s = expr_end; 4584 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4585 { 4586 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4587 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, -1024, 0); 4588 num = low_sign_unext (num, 11); 4589 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 4590 } 4591 else 4592 { 4593 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4594 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 4595 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4596 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4597#ifdef OBJ_ELF 4598 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) 4599 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 4600 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) 4601 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 4602 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) 4603 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 4604 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) 4605 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 4606 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) 4607 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 4608#endif 4609 else 4610 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; 4611 the_insn.format = 11; 4612 continue; 4613 } 4614 4615 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */ 4616 case 'J': 4617 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4618 get_expression (s); 4619 s = expr_end; 4620 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4621 { 4622 int mb; 4623 4624 /* XXX the completer stored away tidbits of information 4625 for us to extract. We need a cleaner way to do this. 4626 Now that we have lots of letters again, it would be 4627 good to rethink this. */ 4628 mb = opcode & 1; 4629 opcode -= mb; 4630 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4631 if (mb != (num < 0)) 4632 break; 4633 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0); 4634 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14); 4635 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 4636 } 4637 break; 4638 4639 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */ 4640 case 'K': 4641 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4642 get_expression (s); 4643 s = expr_end; 4644 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4645 { 4646 int mb; 4647 4648 mb = opcode & 1; 4649 opcode -= mb; 4650 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4651 if (mb == (num < 0)) 4652 break; 4653 if (num % 4) 4654 break; 4655 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0); 4656 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14); 4657 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 4658 } 4659 break; 4660 4661 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */ 4662 case '<': 4663 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4664 get_expression (s); 4665 s = expr_end; 4666 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4667 { 4668 int mb; 4669 4670 mb = opcode & 1; 4671 opcode -= mb; 4672 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4673 if (mb != (num < 0)) 4674 break; 4675 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0); 4676 num = re_assemble_16 (num); 4677 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 4678 } 4679 break; 4680 4681 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */ 4682 case '>': 4683 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4684 get_expression (s); 4685 s = expr_end; 4686 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4687 { 4688 int mb; 4689 4690 mb = opcode & 1; 4691 opcode -= mb; 4692 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4693 if (mb == (num < 0)) 4694 break; 4695 if (num % 4) 4696 break; 4697 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0); 4698 num = re_assemble_16 (num); 4699 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 4700 } 4701 break; 4702 4703 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left three times. */ 4704 case '#': 4705 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) != pa20) 4706 break; 4707 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4708 get_expression (s); 4709 s = expr_end; 4710 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4711 { 4712 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4713 if (num & 0x7) 4714 break; 4715 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0); 4716 if (num < 0) 4717 opcode |= 1; 4718 num &= 0x1fff; 4719 num >>= 3; 4720 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 4); 4721 } 4722 else 4723 { 4724 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4725 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 4726 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4727 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4728#ifdef OBJ_ELF 4729 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) 4730 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 4731 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) 4732 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 4733 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) 4734 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 4735 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) 4736 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 4737 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) 4738 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 4739#endif 4740 else 4741 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; 4742 the_insn.format = 14; 4743 continue; 4744 } 4745 break; 4746 4747 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left twice. */ 4748 case 'd': 4749 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4750 get_expression (s); 4751 s = expr_end; 4752 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4753 { 4754 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4755 if (num & 0x3) 4756 break; 4757 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0); 4758 if (num < 0) 4759 opcode |= 1; 4760 num &= 0x1fff; 4761 num >>= 2; 4762 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3); 4763 } 4764 else 4765 { 4766 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4767 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 4768 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4769 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4770#ifdef OBJ_ELF 4771 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) 4772 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 4773 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) 4774 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 4775 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) 4776 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 4777 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) 4778 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 4779 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) 4780 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 4781#endif 4782 else 4783 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; 4784 the_insn.format = 14; 4785 continue; 4786 } 4787 4788 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */ 4789 case 'j': 4790 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4791 get_expression (s); 4792 s = expr_end; 4793 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4794 { 4795 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4796 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0); 4797 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14); 4798 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 4799 } 4800 else 4801 { 4802 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4803 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 4804 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4805 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4806#ifdef OBJ_ELF 4807 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) 4808 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 4809 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) 4810 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 4811 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) 4812 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 4813 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) 4814 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 4815 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) 4816 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 4817#endif 4818 else 4819 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; 4820 the_insn.format = 14; 4821 continue; 4822 } 4823 4824 /* Handle a 21 bit immediate at 31. */ 4825 case 'k': 4826 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4827 get_expression (s); 4828 s = expr_end; 4829 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4830 { 4831 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4832 CHECK_FIELD (num >> 11, 1048575, -1048576, 0); 4833 opcode |= re_assemble_21 (num); 4834 continue; 4835 } 4836 else 4837 { 4838 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4839 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 4840 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4841 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4842#ifdef OBJ_ELF 4843 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) 4844 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 4845 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) 4846 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 4847 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) 4848 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 4849 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) 4850 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 4851 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) 4852 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 4853#endif 4854 else 4855 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; 4856 the_insn.format = 21; 4857 continue; 4858 } 4859 4860 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31 (PA 2.0 wide mode only). */ 4861 case 'l': 4862 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4863 get_expression (s); 4864 s = expr_end; 4865 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4866 { 4867 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4868 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0); 4869 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num); 4870 continue; 4871 } 4872 else 4873 { 4874 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */ 4875 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4876 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 4877 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4878 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4879#ifdef OBJ_ELF 4880 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) 4881 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 4882 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) 4883 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 4884 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) 4885 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 4886 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) 4887 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 4888 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) 4889 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 4890#endif 4891 else 4892 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; 4893 the_insn.format = 14; 4894 continue; 4895 } 4896 4897 /* Handle a word-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */ 4898 case 'y': 4899 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4900 get_expression (s); 4901 s = expr_end; 4902 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4903 { 4904 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4905 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0); 4906 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 4, 0); 4907 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num); 4908 continue; 4909 } 4910 else 4911 { 4912 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */ 4913 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4914 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 4915 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4916 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4917#ifdef OBJ_ELF 4918 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) 4919 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 4920 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) 4921 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 4922 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) 4923 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 4924 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) 4925 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 4926 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) 4927 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 4928#endif 4929 else 4930 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; 4931 the_insn.format = 14; 4932 continue; 4933 } 4934 4935 /* Handle a dword-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */ 4936 case '&': 4937 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4938 get_expression (s); 4939 s = expr_end; 4940 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4941 { 4942 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4943 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0); 4944 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 8, 0); 4945 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num); 4946 continue; 4947 } 4948 else 4949 { 4950 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */ 4951 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4952 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 4953 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4954 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4955#ifdef OBJ_ELF 4956 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) 4957 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 4958 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) 4959 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 4960 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) 4961 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 4962 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) 4963 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 4964 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) 4965 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 4966#endif 4967 else 4968 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; 4969 the_insn.format = 14; 4970 continue; 4971 } 4972 4973 /* Handle a 12 bit branch displacement. */ 4974 case 'w': 4975 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4976 get_expression (s); 4977 s = expr_end; 4978 the_insn.pcrel = 1; 4979 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol 4980 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol), 4981 FAKE_LABEL_NAME)) 4982 { 4983 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4984 if (num % 4) 4985 { 4986 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address")); 4987 break; 4988 } 4989 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol) 4990 num -= 8; 4991 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0); 4992 opcode |= re_assemble_12 (num >> 2); 4993 continue; 4994 } 4995 else 4996 { 4997 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4998 the_insn.format = 12; 4999 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc; 5000 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc)); 5001 s = expr_end; 5002 continue; 5003 } 5004 5005 /* Handle a 17 bit branch displacement. */ 5006 case 'W': 5007 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 5008 get_expression (s); 5009 s = expr_end; 5010 the_insn.pcrel = 1; 5011 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol 5012 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol), 5013 FAKE_LABEL_NAME)) 5014 { 5015 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 5016 if (num % 4) 5017 { 5018 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address")); 5019 break; 5020 } 5021 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol) 5022 num -= 8; 5023 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0); 5024 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2); 5025 continue; 5026 } 5027 else 5028 { 5029 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 5030 the_insn.format = 17; 5031 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc; 5032 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc)); 5033 continue; 5034 } 5035 5036 /* Handle a 22 bit branch displacement. */ 5037 case 'X': 5038 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 5039 get_expression (s); 5040 s = expr_end; 5041 the_insn.pcrel = 1; 5042 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol 5043 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol), 5044 FAKE_LABEL_NAME)) 5045 { 5046 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 5047 if (num % 4) 5048 { 5049 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address")); 5050 break; 5051 } 5052 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol) 5053 num -= 8; 5054 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8388607, -8388608, 0); 5055 opcode |= re_assemble_22 (num >> 2); 5056 } 5057 else 5058 { 5059 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 5060 the_insn.format = 22; 5061 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc; 5062 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc)); 5063 continue; 5064 } 5065 5066 /* Handle an absolute 17 bit branch target. */ 5067 case 'z': 5068 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 5069 get_expression (s); 5070 s = expr_end; 5071 the_insn.pcrel = 0; 5072 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol 5073 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol), 5074 FAKE_LABEL_NAME)) 5075 { 5076 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 5077 if (num % 4) 5078 { 5079 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address")); 5080 break; 5081 } 5082 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol) 5083 num -= 8; 5084 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0); 5085 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2); 5086 continue; 5087 } 5088 else 5089 { 5090 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_ABS_CALL; 5091 the_insn.format = 17; 5092 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc; 5093 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc)); 5094 continue; 5095 } 5096 5097 /* Handle '%r1' implicit operand of addil instruction. */ 5098 case 'Z': 5099 if (*s == ',' && *(s + 1) == '%' && *(s + 3) == '1' 5100 && (*(s + 2) == 'r' || *(s + 2) == 'R')) 5101 { 5102 s += 4; 5103 continue; 5104 } 5105 else 5106 break; 5107 5108 /* Handle '%sr0,%r31' implicit operand of be,l instruction. */ 5109 case 'Y': 5110 if (strncasecmp (s, "%sr0,%r31", 9) != 0) 5111 break; 5112 s += 9; 5113 continue; 5114 5115 /* Handle immediate value of 0 for ordered load/store instructions. */ 5116 case '@': 5117 if (*s != '0') 5118 break; 5119 s++; 5120 continue; 5121 5122 /* Handle a 2 bit shift count at 25. */ 5123 case '.': 5124 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5125 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5126 break; 5127 s = expr_end; 5128 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 1, strict); 5129 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6); 5130 5131 /* Handle a 4 bit shift count at 25. */ 5132 case '*': 5133 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5134 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5135 break; 5136 s = expr_end; 5137 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, 0, strict); 5138 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6); 5139 5140 /* Handle a 5 bit shift count at 26. */ 5141 case 'p': 5142 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5143 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5144 break; 5145 s = expr_end; 5146 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict); 5147 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num); 5148 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 31 - num, 5); 5149 5150 /* Handle a 6 bit shift count at 20,22:26. */ 5151 case '~': 5152 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5153 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5154 break; 5155 s = expr_end; 5156 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict); 5157 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num); 5158 num = 63 - num; 5159 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6; 5160 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5); 5161 5162 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 23,27:31. */ 5163 case '%': 5164 flag = 0; 5165 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5166 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5167 break; 5168 s = expr_end; 5169 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict); 5170 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num); 5171 num--; 5172 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 3; 5173 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f); 5174 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5175 5176 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 19,27:31. */ 5177 case '|': 5178 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5179 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5180 break; 5181 s = expr_end; 5182 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict); 5183 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num); 5184 num--; 5185 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 7; 5186 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f); 5187 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5188 5189 /* Handle a 5 bit bit position at 26. */ 5190 case 'P': 5191 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5192 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5193 break; 5194 s = expr_end; 5195 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict); 5196 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num); 5197 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 5); 5198 5199 /* Handle a 6 bit bit position at 20,22:26. */ 5200 case 'q': 5201 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5202 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5203 break; 5204 s = expr_end; 5205 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict); 5206 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num); 5207 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6; 5208 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5); 5209 5210 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10 with 'd' as the complement 5211 of the high bit of the immediate. */ 5212 case 'B': 5213 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5214 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5215 break; 5216 s = expr_end; 5217 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict); 5218 if (num & 0x20) 5219 opcode &= ~(1 << 13); 5220 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 21); 5221 5222 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10. */ 5223 case 'Q': 5224 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5225 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5226 break; 5227 s = expr_end; 5228 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict); 5229 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21); 5230 5231 /* Handle a 9 bit immediate at 28. */ 5232 case '$': 5233 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5234 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5235 break; 5236 s = expr_end; 5237 CHECK_FIELD (num, 511, 1, strict); 5238 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3); 5239 5240 /* Handle a 13 bit immediate at 18. */ 5241 case 'A': 5242 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5243 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5244 break; 5245 s = expr_end; 5246 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, 0, strict); 5247 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13); 5248 5249 /* Handle a 26 bit immediate at 31. */ 5250 case 'D': 5251 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5252 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5253 break; 5254 s = expr_end; 5255 CHECK_FIELD (num, 67108863, 0, strict); 5256 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5257 5258 /* Handle a 3 bit SFU identifier at 25. */ 5259 case 'v': 5260 if (*s++ != ',') 5261 as_bad (_("Invalid SFU identifier")); 5262 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s); 5263 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5264 break; 5265 s = expr_end; 5266 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict); 5267 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6); 5268 5269 /* Handle a 20 bit SOP field for spop0. */ 5270 case 'O': 5271 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s); 5272 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5273 break; 5274 s = expr_end; 5275 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1048575, 0, strict); 5276 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000fffe0) << 6); 5277 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5278 5279 /* Handle a 15bit SOP field for spop1. */ 5280 case 'o': 5281 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s); 5282 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5283 break; 5284 s = expr_end; 5285 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict); 5286 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11); 5287 5288 /* Handle a 10bit SOP field for spop3. */ 5289 case '0': 5290 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s); 5291 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5292 break; 5293 s = expr_end; 5294 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict); 5295 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000003e0) << 6); 5296 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5297 5298 /* Handle a 15 bit SOP field for spop2. */ 5299 case '1': 5300 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s); 5301 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5302 break; 5303 s = expr_end; 5304 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict); 5305 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x00007fe0) << 6); 5306 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5307 5308 /* Handle a 3-bit co-processor ID field. */ 5309 case 'u': 5310 if (*s++ != ',') 5311 as_bad (_("Invalid COPR identifier")); 5312 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s); 5313 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5314 break; 5315 s = expr_end; 5316 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict); 5317 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6); 5318 5319 /* Handle a 22bit SOP field for copr. */ 5320 case '2': 5321 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s); 5322 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5323 break; 5324 s = expr_end; 5325 CHECK_FIELD (num, 4194303, 0, strict); 5326 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x003fffe0) << 4); 5327 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5328 5329 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */ 5330 case '{': 5331 if (*s == ',' && *(s+1) == 't') 5332 { 5333 the_insn.trunc = 1; 5334 s += 2; 5335 } 5336 else 5337 the_insn.trunc = 0; 5338 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s); 5339 the_insn.fpof1 = flag; 5340 if (flag == W || flag == UW) 5341 flag = SGL; 5342 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW) 5343 flag = DBL; 5344 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW) 5345 flag = QUAD; 5346 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 5347 5348 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */ 5349 case '_': 5350 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */ 5351 s--; 5352 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s); 5353 the_insn.fpof2 = flag; 5354 if (flag == W || flag == UW) 5355 flag = SGL; 5356 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW) 5357 flag = DBL; 5358 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW) 5359 flag = QUAD; 5360 opcode |= flag << 13; 5361 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL 5362 || the_insn.fpof1 == DBL 5363 || the_insn.fpof1 == QUAD) 5364 { 5365 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL 5366 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL 5367 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD) 5368 flag = 0; 5369 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == W 5370 || the_insn.fpof2 == DW 5371 || the_insn.fpof2 == QW) 5372 flag = 2; 5373 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == UW 5374 || the_insn.fpof2 == UDW 5375 || the_insn.fpof2 == UQW) 5376 flag = 6; 5377 else 5378 abort (); 5379 } 5380 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == W 5381 || the_insn.fpof1 == DW 5382 || the_insn.fpof1 == QW) 5383 { 5384 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL 5385 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL 5386 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD) 5387 flag = 1; 5388 else 5389 abort (); 5390 } 5391 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == UW 5392 || the_insn.fpof1 == UDW 5393 || the_insn.fpof1 == UQW) 5394 { 5395 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL 5396 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL 5397 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD) 5398 flag = 5; 5399 else 5400 abort (); 5401 } 5402 flag |= the_insn.trunc; 5403 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 15); 5404 5405 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */ 5406 case 'F': 5407 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s); 5408 the_insn.fpof1 = flag; 5409 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 5410 5411 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */ 5412 case 'G': 5413 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */ 5414 s--; 5415 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s); 5416 the_insn.fpof2 = flag; 5417 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 13); 5418 5419 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer at 20. */ 5420 case 'I': 5421 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s); 5422 the_insn.fpof1 = flag; 5423 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 5424 5425 /* Handle a floating point operand format at 26. 5426 Only allows single and double precision. */ 5427 case 'H': 5428 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s); 5429 switch (flag) 5430 { 5431 case SGL: 5432 opcode |= 0x20; 5433 /* Fall through. */ 5434 case DBL: 5435 the_insn.fpof1 = flag; 5436 continue; 5437 5438 case QUAD: 5439 case ILLEGAL_FMT: 5440 default: 5441 as_bad (_("Invalid Floating Point Operand Format.")); 5442 } 5443 break; 5444 5445 /* Handle all floating point registers. */ 5446 case 'f': 5447 switch (*++args) 5448 { 5449 /* Float target register. */ 5450 case 't': 5451 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3)) 5452 break; 5453 /* RSEL should not be set. */ 5454 if (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) 5455 break; 5456 num = pa_number - FP_REG_BASE; 5457 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5458 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5459 5460 /* Float target register with L/R selection. */ 5461 case 'T': 5462 { 5463 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5464 break; 5465 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5466 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5467 opcode |= num; 5468 5469 /* 0x30 opcodes are FP arithmetic operation opcodes 5470 and need to be turned into 0x38 opcodes. This 5471 is not necessary for loads/stores. */ 5472 if (need_pa11_opcode () 5473 && ((opcode & 0xfc000000) == 0x30000000)) 5474 opcode |= 1 << 27; 5475 5476 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 6 : 0); 5477 continue; 5478 } 5479 5480 /* Float operand 1. */ 5481 case 'a': 5482 { 5483 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5484 break; 5485 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5486 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5487 opcode |= num << 21; 5488 if (need_pa11_opcode ()) 5489 { 5490 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0); 5491 opcode |= 1 << 27; 5492 } 5493 continue; 5494 } 5495 5496 /* Float operand 1 with L/R selection. */ 5497 case 'X': 5498 case 'A': 5499 { 5500 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5501 break; 5502 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5503 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5504 opcode |= num << 21; 5505 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0); 5506 continue; 5507 } 5508 5509 /* Float operand 2. */ 5510 case 'b': 5511 { 5512 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5513 break; 5514 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5515 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5516 opcode |= num << 16; 5517 if (need_pa11_opcode ()) 5518 { 5519 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0); 5520 opcode |= 1 << 27; 5521 } 5522 continue; 5523 } 5524 5525 /* Float operand 2 with L/R selection. */ 5526 case 'B': 5527 { 5528 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5529 break; 5530 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5531 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5532 opcode |= num << 16; 5533 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0); 5534 continue; 5535 } 5536 5537 /* Float operand 3 for fmpyfadd, fmpynfadd. */ 5538 case 'C': 5539 { 5540 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5541 break; 5542 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5543 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5544 opcode |= (num & 0x1c) << 11; 5545 opcode |= (num & 0x03) << 9; 5546 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 8 : 0); 5547 continue; 5548 } 5549 5550 /* Float mult operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */ 5551 case 'i': 5552 { 5553 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5554 break; 5555 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5556 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5557 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL) 5558 { 5559 if (num < 16) 5560 { 5561 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub")); 5562 break; 5563 } 5564 num &= 0xF; 5565 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0); 5566 } 5567 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21); 5568 } 5569 5570 /* Float mult operand 2 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */ 5571 case 'j': 5572 { 5573 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5574 break; 5575 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5576 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5577 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL) 5578 { 5579 if (num < 16) 5580 { 5581 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub")); 5582 break; 5583 } 5584 num &= 0xF; 5585 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0); 5586 } 5587 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16); 5588 } 5589 5590 /* Float mult target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */ 5591 case 'k': 5592 { 5593 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5594 break; 5595 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5596 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5597 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL) 5598 { 5599 if (num < 16) 5600 { 5601 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub")); 5602 break; 5603 } 5604 num &= 0xF; 5605 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0); 5606 } 5607 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5608 } 5609 5610 /* Float add operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */ 5611 case 'l': 5612 { 5613 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5614 break; 5615 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5616 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5617 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL) 5618 { 5619 if (num < 16) 5620 { 5621 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub")); 5622 break; 5623 } 5624 num &= 0xF; 5625 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0); 5626 } 5627 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6); 5628 } 5629 5630 /* Float add target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */ 5631 case 'm': 5632 { 5633 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5634 break; 5635 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5636 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5637 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL) 5638 { 5639 if (num < 16) 5640 { 5641 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub")); 5642 break; 5643 } 5644 num &= 0xF; 5645 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0); 5646 } 5647 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11); 5648 } 5649 5650 /* Handle L/R register halves like 'x'. */ 5651 case 'E': 5652 case 'e': 5653 { 5654 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5655 break; 5656 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5657 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5658 opcode |= num << 16; 5659 if (need_pa11_opcode ()) 5660 { 5661 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 1 : 0); 5662 } 5663 continue; 5664 } 5665 5666 /* Float target register (PA 2.0 wide). */ 5667 case 'x': 5668 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3)) 5669 break; 5670 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5671 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5672 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16); 5673 5674 default: 5675 abort (); 5676 } 5677 break; 5678 5679 default: 5680 abort (); 5681 } 5682 break; 5683 } 5684 5685 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture, 5686 then set a new architecture. This automatic promotion crud is 5687 for compatibility with HP's old assemblers only. */ 5688 if (match 5689 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch 5690 && !bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, insn->arch)) 5691 { 5692 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine")); 5693 match = FALSE; 5694 } 5695 5696 failed: 5697 /* Check if the args matched. */ 5698 if (!match) 5699 { 5700 if (&insn[1] - pa_opcodes < (int) NUMOPCODES 5701 && !strcmp (insn->name, insn[1].name)) 5702 { 5703 ++insn; 5704 s = argstart; 5705 continue; 5706 } 5707 else 5708 { 5709 as_bad (_("Invalid operands %s"), error_message); 5710 return; 5711 } 5712 } 5713 break; 5714 } 5715 5716 if (immediate_check) 5717 { 5718 if (pos != -1 && len != -1 && pos < len - 1) 5719 as_warn (_("Immediates %d and %d will give undefined behavior."), 5720 pos, len); 5721 } 5722 5723 the_insn.opcode = opcode; 5724} 5725 5726/* Assemble a single instruction storing it into a frag. */ 5727 5728void 5729md_assemble (char *str) 5730{ 5731 char *to; 5732 5733 /* The had better be something to assemble. */ 5734 gas_assert (str); 5735 5736 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've 5737 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the 5738 label was defined after the .PROC directive. 5739 5740 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment 5741 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched 5742 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */ 5743 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL) 5744 { 5745 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label (); 5746 5747 if (label_symbol) 5748 { 5749 if (label_symbol->lss_label) 5750 { 5751 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label; 5752 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags 5753 |= BSF_FUNCTION; 5754#ifdef OBJ_SOM 5755 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind 5756 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */ 5757 if (within_entry_exit) 5758 { 5759 char *where; 5760 unsigned int u; 5761 5762 where = frag_more (0); 5763 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor); 5764 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0, 5765 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL, 5766 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u); 5767 } 5768#endif 5769 } 5770 else 5771 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)")); 5772 } 5773 else 5774 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC")); 5775 } 5776 5777 /* Assemble the instruction. Results are saved into "the_insn". */ 5778 pa_ip (str); 5779 5780 /* Get somewhere to put the assembled instruction. */ 5781 to = frag_more (4); 5782 5783 /* Output the opcode. */ 5784 md_number_to_chars (to, the_insn.opcode, 4); 5785 5786 /* If necessary output more stuff. */ 5787 if (the_insn.reloc != R_HPPA_NONE) 5788 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, (to - frag_now->fr_literal), 4, NULL, 5789 (offsetT) 0, &the_insn.exp, the_insn.pcrel, 5790 (int) the_insn.reloc, the_insn.field_selector, 5791 the_insn.format, the_insn.arg_reloc, 0); 5792 5793#ifdef OBJ_ELF 5794 dwarf2_emit_insn (4); 5795#endif 5796} 5797 5798#ifdef OBJ_SOM 5799/* Handle an alignment directive. Special so that we can update the 5800 alignment of the subspace if necessary. */ 5801static void 5802pa_align (int bytes) 5803{ 5804 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 5805 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 5806 5807 /* Let the generic gas code do most of the work. */ 5808 s_align_bytes (bytes); 5809 5810 /* If bytes is a power of 2, then update the current subspace's 5811 alignment if necessary. */ 5812 if (exact_log2 (bytes) != -1) 5813 record_alignment (current_subspace->ssd_seg, exact_log2 (bytes)); 5814} 5815#endif 5816 5817/* Handle a .BLOCK type pseudo-op. */ 5818 5819static void 5820pa_block (int z ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 5821{ 5822 unsigned int temp_size; 5823 5824#ifdef OBJ_SOM 5825 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 5826 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 5827#endif 5828 5829 temp_size = get_absolute_expression (); 5830 5831 if (temp_size > 0x3FFFFFFF) 5832 { 5833 as_bad (_("Argument to .BLOCK/.BLOCKZ must be between 0 and 0x3fffffff")); 5834 temp_size = 0; 5835 } 5836 else 5837 { 5838 /* Always fill with zeros, that's what the HP assembler does. */ 5839 char *p = frag_var (rs_fill, 1, 1, 0, NULL, temp_size, NULL); 5840 *p = 0; 5841 } 5842 5843 pa_undefine_label (); 5844 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 5845} 5846 5847/* Handle a .begin_brtab and .end_brtab pseudo-op. */ 5848 5849static void 5850pa_brtab (int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 5851{ 5852 5853#ifdef OBJ_SOM 5854 /* The BRTAB relocations are only available in SOM (to denote 5855 the beginning and end of branch tables). */ 5856 char *where = frag_more (0); 5857 5858 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0, 5859 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL, 5860 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB : R_HPPA_END_BRTAB, 5861 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0); 5862#endif 5863 5864 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 5865} 5866 5867/* Handle a .begin_try and .end_try pseudo-op. */ 5868 5869static void 5870pa_try (int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 5871{ 5872#ifdef OBJ_SOM 5873 expressionS exp; 5874 char *where = frag_more (0); 5875 5876 if (! begin) 5877 expression (&exp); 5878 5879 /* The TRY relocations are only available in SOM (to denote 5880 the beginning and end of exception handling regions). */ 5881 5882 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0, 5883 NULL, (offsetT) 0, begin ? NULL : &exp, 5884 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY : R_HPPA_END_TRY, 5885 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0); 5886#endif 5887 5888 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 5889} 5890 5891/* Do the dirty work of building a call descriptor which describes 5892 where the caller placed arguments to a function call. */ 5893 5894static void 5895pa_call_args (struct call_desc *call_desc) 5896{ 5897 char *name, c; 5898 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc; 5899 5900 while (!is_end_of_statement ()) 5901 { 5902 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 5903 /* Process a source argument. */ 5904 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0)) 5905 { 5906 temp = atoi (name + 4); 5907 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 5908 input_line_pointer++; 5909 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 5910 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name); 5911 call_desc->arg_reloc |= pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, arg_reloc); 5912 } 5913 /* Process a return value. */ 5914 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6) == 0)) 5915 { 5916 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 5917 input_line_pointer++; 5918 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 5919 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name); 5920 call_desc->arg_reloc |= (arg_reloc & 0x3); 5921 } 5922 else 5923 { 5924 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALL argument: %s"), name); 5925 } 5926 5927 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 5928 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 5929 input_line_pointer++; 5930 } 5931} 5932 5933/* Handle a .CALL pseudo-op. This involves storing away information 5934 about where arguments are to be found so the linker can detect 5935 (and correct) argument location mismatches between caller and callee. */ 5936 5937static void 5938pa_call (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 5939{ 5940#ifdef OBJ_SOM 5941 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 5942 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 5943#endif 5944 5945 pa_call_args (&last_call_desc); 5946 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 5947} 5948 5949#ifdef OBJ_ELF 5950/* Build an entry in the UNWIND subspace from the given function 5951 attributes in CALL_INFO. This is not needed for SOM as using 5952 R_ENTRY and R_EXIT relocations allow the linker to handle building 5953 of the unwind spaces. */ 5954 5955static void 5956pa_build_unwind_subspace (struct call_info *call_info) 5957{ 5958 asection *seg, *save_seg; 5959 subsegT save_subseg; 5960 unsigned int unwind; 5961 int reloc; 5962 char *name, *p; 5963 symbolS *symbolP; 5964 5965 if ((bfd_section_flags (now_seg) 5966 & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) 5967 != (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) 5968 return; 5969 5970 if (call_info->start_symbol == NULL) 5971 /* This can happen if there were errors earlier on in the assembly. */ 5972 return; 5973 5974 /* Replace the start symbol with a local symbol that will be reduced 5975 to a section offset. This avoids problems with weak functions with 5976 multiple definitions, etc. */ 5977 name = concat ("L$\001start_", S_GET_NAME (call_info->start_symbol), 5978 (char *) NULL); 5979 5980 /* If we have a .procend preceded by a .exit, then the symbol will have 5981 already been defined. In that case, we don't want another unwind 5982 entry. */ 5983 symbolP = symbol_find (name); 5984 if (symbolP) 5985 { 5986 xfree (name); 5987 return; 5988 } 5989 else 5990 { 5991 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, 5992 S_GET_VALUE (call_info->start_symbol), 5993 symbol_get_frag (call_info->start_symbol)); 5994 gas_assert (symbolP); 5995 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP); 5996 symbol_table_insert (symbolP); 5997 } 5998 5999 reloc = R_PARISC_SEGREL32; 6000 save_seg = now_seg; 6001 save_subseg = now_subseg; 6002 /* Get into the right seg/subseg. This may involve creating 6003 the seg the first time through. Make sure to have the 6004 old seg/subseg so that we can reset things when we are done. */ 6005 seg = bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME); 6006 if (seg == ASEC_NULL) 6007 { 6008 seg = subseg_new (UNWIND_SECTION_NAME, 0); 6009 bfd_set_section_flags (seg, (SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_LOAD 6010 | SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_DATA)); 6011 bfd_set_section_alignment (seg, 2); 6012 } 6013 6014 subseg_set (seg, 0); 6015 6016 /* Get some space to hold relocation information for the unwind 6017 descriptor. */ 6018 p = frag_more (16); 6019 6020 /* Relocation info. for start offset of the function. */ 6021 md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4); 6022 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4, 6023 symbolP, (offsetT) 0, 6024 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc, 6025 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0); 6026 6027 /* Relocation info. for end offset of the function. 6028 6029 Because we allow reductions of 32bit relocations for ELF, this will be 6030 reduced to section_sym + offset which avoids putting the temporary 6031 symbol into the symbol table. It (should) end up giving the same 6032 value as call_info->start_symbol + function size once the linker is 6033 finished with its work. */ 6034 md_number_to_chars (p + 4, 0, 4); 6035 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p + 4 - frag_now->fr_literal, 4, 6036 call_info->end_symbol, (offsetT) 0, 6037 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc, 6038 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0); 6039 6040 /* Dump the descriptor. */ 6041 unwind = UNWIND_LOW32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor); 6042 md_number_to_chars (p + 8, unwind, 4); 6043 6044 unwind = UNWIND_HIGH32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor); 6045 md_number_to_chars (p + 12, unwind, 4); 6046 6047 /* Return back to the original segment/subsegment. */ 6048 subseg_set (save_seg, save_subseg); 6049} 6050#endif 6051 6052/* Process a .CALLINFO pseudo-op. This information is used later 6053 to build unwind descriptors and maybe one day to support 6054 .ENTER and .LEAVE. */ 6055 6056static void 6057pa_callinfo (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6058{ 6059 char *name, c; 6060 int temp; 6061 6062#ifdef OBJ_SOM 6063 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 6064 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 6065#endif 6066 6067 /* .CALLINFO must appear within a procedure definition. */ 6068 if (!within_procedure) 6069 as_bad (_(".callinfo is not within a procedure definition")); 6070 6071 /* Mark the fact that we found the .CALLINFO for the 6072 current procedure. */ 6073 callinfo_found = TRUE; 6074 6075 /* Iterate over the .CALLINFO arguments. */ 6076 while (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6077 { 6078 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 6079 /* Frame size specification. */ 6080 if ((strncasecmp (name, "frame", 5) == 0)) 6081 { 6082 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6083 input_line_pointer++; 6084 temp = get_absolute_expression (); 6085 if ((temp & 0x3) != 0) 6086 { 6087 as_bad (_("FRAME parameter must be a multiple of 8: %d\n"), temp); 6088 temp = 0; 6089 } 6090 6091 /* callinfo is in bytes and unwind_desc is in 8 byte units. */ 6092 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.frame_size = temp / 8; 6093 } 6094 /* Entry register (GR, GR and SR) specifications. */ 6095 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_gr", 8) == 0)) 6096 { 6097 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6098 input_line_pointer++; 6099 temp = get_absolute_expression (); 6100 /* The HP assembler accepts 19 as the high bound for ENTRY_GR 6101 even though %r19 is caller saved. I think this is a bug in 6102 the HP assembler, and we are not going to emulate it. */ 6103 if (temp < 3 || temp > 18) 6104 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_GR must be in the range 3..18\n")); 6105 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_gr = temp - 2; 6106 } 6107 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_fr", 8) == 0)) 6108 { 6109 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6110 input_line_pointer++; 6111 temp = get_absolute_expression (); 6112 /* Similarly the HP assembler takes 31 as the high bound even 6113 though %fr21 is the last callee saved floating point register. */ 6114 if (temp < 12 || temp > 21) 6115 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_FR must be in the range 12..21\n")); 6116 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_fr = temp - 11; 6117 } 6118 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_sr", 8) == 0)) 6119 { 6120 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6121 input_line_pointer++; 6122 temp = get_absolute_expression (); 6123 if (temp != 3) 6124 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_SR must be 3\n")); 6125 } 6126 /* Note whether or not this function performs any calls. */ 6127 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "calls", 5) == 0) 6128 || (strncasecmp (name, "caller", 6) == 0)) 6129 { 6130 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6131 } 6132 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_calls", 8) == 0)) 6133 { 6134 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6135 } 6136 /* Should RP be saved into the stack. */ 6137 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_rp", 7) == 0)) 6138 { 6139 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6140 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_rp = 1; 6141 } 6142 /* Likewise for SP. */ 6143 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_sp", 7) == 0)) 6144 { 6145 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6146 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_sp = 1; 6147 } 6148 /* Is this an unwindable procedure. If so mark it so 6149 in the unwind descriptor. */ 6150 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_unwind", 9) == 0)) 6151 { 6152 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6153 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 1; 6154 } 6155 /* Is this an interrupt routine. If so mark it in the 6156 unwind descriptor. */ 6157 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "hpux_int", 7) == 0)) 6158 { 6159 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6160 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 1; 6161 } 6162 /* Is this a millicode routine. "millicode" isn't in my 6163 assembler manual, but my copy is old. The HP assembler 6164 accepts it, and there's a place in the unwind descriptor 6165 to drop the information, so we'll accept it too. */ 6166 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "millicode", 9) == 0)) 6167 { 6168 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6169 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.millicode = 1; 6170 } 6171 else 6172 { 6173 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALLINFO argument: %s"), name); 6174 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6175 } 6176 6177 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6178 input_line_pointer++; 6179 } 6180 6181 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6182} 6183 6184#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) 6185/* Switch to the text space. Like s_text, but delete our 6186 label when finished. */ 6187 6188static void 6189pa_text (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6190{ 6191#ifdef OBJ_SOM 6192 current_space = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$"); 6193 current_subspace 6194 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0); 6195#endif 6196 6197 s_text (0); 6198 pa_undefine_label (); 6199} 6200 6201/* Switch to the data space. As usual delete our label. */ 6202 6203static void 6204pa_data (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6205{ 6206#ifdef OBJ_SOM 6207 current_space = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$"); 6208 current_subspace 6209 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0); 6210#endif 6211 s_data (0); 6212 pa_undefine_label (); 6213} 6214 6215/* This is different than the standard GAS s_comm(). On HP9000/800 machines, 6216 the .comm pseudo-op has the following syntax: 6217 6218 <label> .comm <length> 6219 6220 where <label> is optional and is a symbol whose address will be the start of 6221 a block of memory <length> bytes long. <length> must be an absolute 6222 expression. <length> bytes will be allocated in the current space 6223 and subspace. 6224 6225 Also note the label may not even be on the same line as the .comm. 6226 6227 This difference in syntax means the colon function will be called 6228 on the symbol before we arrive in pa_comm. colon will set a number 6229 of attributes of the symbol that need to be fixed here. In particular 6230 the value, section pointer, fragment pointer, flags, etc. What 6231 a pain. 6232 6233 This also makes error detection all but impossible. */ 6234 6235static void 6236pa_comm (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6237{ 6238 unsigned int size; 6239 symbolS *symbol; 6240 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label (); 6241 6242 if (label_symbol) 6243 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label; 6244 else 6245 symbol = NULL; 6246 6247 SKIP_WHITESPACE (); 6248 size = get_absolute_expression (); 6249 6250 if (symbol) 6251 { 6252 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_OBJECT; 6253 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, size); 6254 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_com_section_ptr); 6255 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol); 6256 6257 /* colon() has already set the frag to the current location in the 6258 current subspace; we need to reset the fragment to the zero address 6259 fragment. We also need to reset the segment pointer. */ 6260 symbol_set_frag (symbol, &zero_address_frag); 6261 } 6262 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6263} 6264#endif /* !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) */ 6265 6266/* Process a .END pseudo-op. */ 6267 6268static void 6269pa_end (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6270{ 6271 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6272} 6273 6274/* Process a .ENTER pseudo-op. This is not supported. */ 6275 6276static void 6277pa_enter (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6278{ 6279#ifdef OBJ_SOM 6280 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 6281 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 6282#endif 6283 6284 as_bad (_("The .ENTER pseudo-op is not supported")); 6285 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6286} 6287 6288/* Process a .ENTRY pseudo-op. .ENTRY marks the beginning of the 6289 procedure. */ 6290 6291static void 6292pa_entry (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6293{ 6294#ifdef OBJ_SOM 6295 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 6296 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 6297#endif 6298 6299 if (!within_procedure) 6300 as_bad (_("Misplaced .entry. Ignored.")); 6301 else 6302 { 6303 if (!callinfo_found) 6304 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo.")); 6305 } 6306 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6307 within_entry_exit = TRUE; 6308 6309#ifdef OBJ_SOM 6310 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase. 6311 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation 6312 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and 6313 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region. 6314 6315 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem 6316 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe 6317 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which 6318 denote the entry and exit points. */ 6319 if (last_call_info->start_symbol != NULL) 6320 { 6321 char *where; 6322 unsigned int u; 6323 6324 where = frag_more (0); 6325 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor); 6326 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0, 6327 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL, 6328 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u); 6329 } 6330#endif 6331} 6332 6333/* Silly nonsense for pa_equ. The only half-sensible use for this is 6334 being able to subtract two register symbols that specify a range of 6335 registers, to get the size of the range. */ 6336static int fudge_reg_expressions; 6337 6338int 6339hppa_force_reg_syms_absolute (expressionS *resultP, 6340 operatorT op ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 6341 expressionS *rightP) 6342{ 6343 if (fudge_reg_expressions 6344 && rightP->X_op == O_register 6345 && resultP->X_op == O_register) 6346 { 6347 rightP->X_op = O_constant; 6348 resultP->X_op = O_constant; 6349 } 6350 return 0; /* Continue normal expr handling. */ 6351} 6352 6353/* Handle a .EQU pseudo-op. */ 6354 6355static void 6356pa_equ (int reg) 6357{ 6358 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label (); 6359 symbolS *symbol; 6360 6361 if (label_symbol) 6362 { 6363 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label; 6364 if (reg) 6365 { 6366 strict = 1; 6367 if (!pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0)) 6368 as_bad (_(".REG expression must be a register")); 6369 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, pa_number); 6370 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, reg_section); 6371 } 6372 else 6373 { 6374 expressionS exp; 6375 segT seg; 6376 6377 fudge_reg_expressions = 1; 6378 seg = expression (&exp); 6379 fudge_reg_expressions = 0; 6380 if (exp.X_op != O_constant 6381 && exp.X_op != O_register) 6382 { 6383 if (exp.X_op != O_absent) 6384 as_bad (_("bad or irreducible absolute expression; zero assumed")); 6385 exp.X_add_number = 0; 6386 seg = absolute_section; 6387 } 6388 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, (unsigned int) exp.X_add_number); 6389 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, seg); 6390 } 6391 } 6392 else 6393 { 6394 if (reg) 6395 as_bad (_(".REG must use a label")); 6396 else 6397 as_bad (_(".EQU must use a label")); 6398 } 6399 6400 pa_undefine_label (); 6401 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6402} 6403 6404#ifdef OBJ_ELF 6405/* Mark the end of a function so that it's possible to compute 6406 the size of the function in elf_hppa_final_processing. */ 6407 6408static void 6409hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function (void) 6410{ 6411 /* ELF does not have EXIT relocations. All we do is create a 6412 temporary symbol marking the end of the function. */ 6413 char *name; 6414 symbolS *symbolP; 6415 6416 if (last_call_info == NULL || last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL) 6417 { 6418 /* We have already warned about a missing label, 6419 or other problems. */ 6420 return; 6421 } 6422 6423 name = concat ("L$\001end_", S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol), 6424 (char *) NULL); 6425 6426 /* If we have a .exit followed by a .procend, then the 6427 symbol will have already been defined. */ 6428 symbolP = symbol_find (name); 6429 if (symbolP) 6430 { 6431 /* The symbol has already been defined! This can 6432 happen if we have a .exit followed by a .procend. 6433 6434 This is *not* an error. All we want to do is free 6435 the memory we just allocated for the name and continue. */ 6436 xfree (name); 6437 } 6438 else 6439 { 6440 /* symbol value should be the offset of the 6441 last instruction of the function */ 6442 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, (valueT) (frag_now_fix () - 4), 6443 frag_now); 6444 6445 gas_assert (symbolP); 6446 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP); 6447 symbol_table_insert (symbolP); 6448 } 6449 6450 if (symbolP) 6451 last_call_info->end_symbol = symbolP; 6452 else 6453 as_bad (_("Symbol '%s' could not be created."), name); 6454} 6455#endif 6456 6457/* Helper function. Does processing for the end of a function. This 6458 usually involves creating some relocations or building special 6459 symbols to mark the end of the function. */ 6460 6461static void 6462process_exit (void) 6463{ 6464 char *where; 6465 6466 where = frag_more (0); 6467 6468#ifdef OBJ_ELF 6469 /* Mark the end of the function, stuff away the location of the frag 6470 for the end of the function, and finally call pa_build_unwind_subspace 6471 to add an entry in the unwind table. */ 6472 (void) where; 6473 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function (); 6474 pa_build_unwind_subspace (last_call_info); 6475#else 6476 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase. 6477 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation 6478 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and 6479 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region. 6480 6481 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem 6482 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe 6483 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which 6484 denote the entry and exit points. */ 6485 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0, 6486 NULL, (offsetT) 0, 6487 NULL, 0, R_HPPA_EXIT, e_fsel, 0, 0, 6488 UNWIND_HIGH32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor)); 6489#endif 6490} 6491 6492/* Process a .EXIT pseudo-op. */ 6493 6494static void 6495pa_exit (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6496{ 6497#ifdef OBJ_SOM 6498 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 6499 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 6500#endif 6501 6502 if (!within_procedure) 6503 as_bad (_(".EXIT must appear within a procedure")); 6504 else 6505 { 6506 if (!callinfo_found) 6507 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo")); 6508 else 6509 { 6510 if (!within_entry_exit) 6511 as_bad (_("No .ENTRY for this .EXIT")); 6512 else 6513 { 6514 within_entry_exit = FALSE; 6515 process_exit (); 6516 } 6517 } 6518 } 6519 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6520} 6521 6522/* Helper function to process arguments to a .EXPORT pseudo-op. */ 6523 6524static void 6525pa_type_args (symbolS *symbolP, int is_export) 6526{ 6527 char *name, c; 6528 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc; 6529 pa_symbol_type type = SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN; 6530 asymbol *bfdsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP); 6531 6532 if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "absolute", 8) == 0) 6533 { 6534 input_line_pointer += 8; 6535 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION; 6536 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bfd_abs_section_ptr); 6537 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE; 6538 } 6539 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "code", 4) == 0) 6540 { 6541 input_line_pointer += 4; 6542 /* IMPORTing/EXPORTing CODE types for functions is meaningless for SOM, 6543 instead one should be IMPORTing/EXPORTing ENTRY types. 6544 6545 Complain if one tries to EXPORT a CODE type since that's never 6546 done. Both GCC and HP C still try to IMPORT CODE types, so 6547 silently fix them to be ENTRY types. */ 6548 if (S_IS_FUNCTION (symbolP)) 6549 { 6550 if (is_export) 6551 as_tsktsk (_("Using ENTRY rather than CODE in export directive for %s"), 6552 S_GET_NAME (symbolP)); 6553 6554 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; 6555 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY; 6556 } 6557 else 6558 { 6559 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION; 6560 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE; 6561 } 6562 } 6563 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "data", 4) == 0) 6564 { 6565 input_line_pointer += 4; 6566 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION; 6567 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_OBJECT; 6568 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA; 6569 } 6570 else if ((strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "entry", 5) == 0)) 6571 { 6572 input_line_pointer += 5; 6573 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; 6574 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY; 6575 } 6576 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "millicode", 9) == 0) 6577 { 6578 input_line_pointer += 9; 6579 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; 6580#ifdef OBJ_ELF 6581 { 6582 elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfdsym; 6583 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info = 6584 ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info), 6585 STT_PARISC_MILLI); 6586 } 6587#endif 6588 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE; 6589 } 6590 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "plabel", 6) == 0) 6591 { 6592 input_line_pointer += 6; 6593 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION; 6594 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL; 6595 } 6596 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "pri_prog", 8) == 0) 6597 { 6598 input_line_pointer += 8; 6599 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; 6600 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG; 6601 } 6602 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "sec_prog", 8) == 0) 6603 { 6604 input_line_pointer += 8; 6605 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; 6606 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG; 6607 } 6608 6609 /* SOM requires much more information about symbol types 6610 than BFD understands. This is how we get this information 6611 to the SOM BFD backend. */ 6612#ifdef obj_set_symbol_type 6613 obj_set_symbol_type (bfdsym, (int) type); 6614#else 6615 (void) type; 6616#endif 6617 6618 /* Now that the type of the exported symbol has been handled, 6619 handle any argument relocation information. */ 6620 while (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6621 { 6622 if (*input_line_pointer == ',') 6623 input_line_pointer++; 6624 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 6625 /* Argument sources. */ 6626 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0)) 6627 { 6628 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6629 input_line_pointer++; 6630 temp = atoi (name + 4); 6631 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 6632 arg_reloc = pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, pa_build_arg_reloc (name)); 6633#if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC) 6634 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc; 6635#else 6636 (void) arg_reloc; 6637#endif 6638 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6639 } 6640 /* The return value. */ 6641 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6)) == 0) 6642 { 6643 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6644 input_line_pointer++; 6645 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 6646 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name); 6647#if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC) 6648 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc; 6649#else 6650 (void) arg_reloc; 6651#endif 6652 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6653 } 6654 /* Privilege level. */ 6655 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "priv_lev", 8)) == 0) 6656 { 6657 char *priv; 6658 6659 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6660 input_line_pointer++; 6661 temp = atoi (input_line_pointer); 6662#ifdef OBJ_SOM 6663 ((obj_symbol_type *) bfdsym)->tc_data.ap.hppa_priv_level = temp; 6664#endif 6665 c = get_symbol_name (&priv); 6666 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6667 } 6668 else 6669 { 6670 as_bad (_("Undefined .EXPORT/.IMPORT argument (ignored): %s"), name); 6671 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6672 } 6673 6674 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6675 input_line_pointer++; 6676 } 6677} 6678 6679/* Process a .EXPORT directive. This makes functions external 6680 and provides information such as argument relocation entries 6681 to callers. */ 6682 6683static void 6684pa_export (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6685{ 6686 char *name, c; 6687 symbolS *symbol; 6688 6689 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 6690 /* Make sure the given symbol exists. */ 6691 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL) 6692 { 6693 as_bad (_("Cannot define export symbol: %s\n"), name); 6694 restore_line_pointer (c); 6695 input_line_pointer++; 6696 } 6697 else 6698 { 6699 /* OK. Set the external bits and process argument relocations. 6700 For the HP, weak and global are not mutually exclusive. 6701 S_SET_EXTERNAL will not set BSF_GLOBAL if WEAK is set. 6702 Call S_SET_EXTERNAL to get the other processing. Manually 6703 set BSF_GLOBAL when we get back. */ 6704 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol); 6705 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL; 6706 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6707 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6708 { 6709 input_line_pointer++; 6710 pa_type_args (symbol, 1); 6711 } 6712 } 6713 6714 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6715} 6716 6717/* Handle an .IMPORT pseudo-op. Any symbol referenced in a given 6718 assembly file must either be defined in the assembly file, or 6719 explicitly IMPORTED from another. */ 6720 6721static void 6722pa_import (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6723{ 6724 char *name, c; 6725 symbolS *symbol; 6726 6727 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 6728 6729 symbol = symbol_find (name); 6730 /* Ugh. We might be importing a symbol defined earlier in the file, 6731 in which case all the code below will really screw things up 6732 (set the wrong segment, symbol flags & type, etc). */ 6733 if (symbol == NULL || !S_IS_DEFINED (symbol)) 6734 { 6735 symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name); 6736 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6737 6738 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6739 { 6740 input_line_pointer++; 6741 pa_type_args (symbol, 0); 6742 } 6743 else 6744 { 6745 /* Sigh. To be compatible with the HP assembler and to help 6746 poorly written assembly code, we assign a type based on 6747 the current segment. Note only BSF_FUNCTION really 6748 matters, we do not need to set the full SYMBOL_TYPE_* info. */ 6749 if (now_seg == text_section) 6750 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; 6751 6752 /* If the section is undefined, then the symbol is undefined 6753 Since this is an import, leave the section undefined. */ 6754 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr); 6755 } 6756 } 6757 else 6758 { 6759 /* The symbol was already defined. Just eat everything up to 6760 the end of the current statement. */ 6761 while (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6762 input_line_pointer++; 6763 } 6764 6765 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6766} 6767 6768/* Handle a .LABEL pseudo-op. */ 6769 6770static void 6771pa_label (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6772{ 6773 char *name, c; 6774 6775 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 6776 6777 if (strlen (name) > 0) 6778 { 6779 colon (name); 6780 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6781 } 6782 else 6783 { 6784 as_warn (_("Missing label name on .LABEL")); 6785 } 6786 6787 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6788 { 6789 as_warn (_("extra .LABEL arguments ignored.")); 6790 ignore_rest_of_line (); 6791 } 6792 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6793} 6794 6795/* Handle a .LEAVE pseudo-op. This is not supported yet. */ 6796 6797static void 6798pa_leave (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6799{ 6800#ifdef OBJ_SOM 6801 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 6802 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 6803#endif 6804 6805 as_bad (_("The .LEAVE pseudo-op is not supported")); 6806 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6807} 6808 6809/* Handle a .LEVEL pseudo-op. */ 6810 6811static void 6812pa_level (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6813{ 6814 char *level; 6815 6816 level = input_line_pointer; 6817 if (strncmp (level, "1.0", 3) == 0) 6818 { 6819 input_line_pointer += 3; 6820 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10)) 6821 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine")); 6822 } 6823 else if (strncmp (level, "1.1", 3) == 0) 6824 { 6825 input_line_pointer += 3; 6826 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 11)) 6827 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine")); 6828 } 6829 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0w", 4) == 0) 6830 { 6831 input_line_pointer += 4; 6832 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 25)) 6833 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine")); 6834 } 6835 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0", 3) == 0) 6836 { 6837 input_line_pointer += 3; 6838 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 20)) 6839 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine")); 6840 } 6841 else 6842 { 6843 as_bad (_("Unrecognized .LEVEL argument\n")); 6844 ignore_rest_of_line (); 6845 } 6846 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6847} 6848 6849/* Handle a .ORIGIN pseudo-op. */ 6850 6851static void 6852pa_origin (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6853{ 6854#ifdef OBJ_SOM 6855 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 6856 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 6857#endif 6858 6859 s_org (0); 6860 pa_undefine_label (); 6861} 6862 6863/* Handle a .PARAM pseudo-op. This is much like a .EXPORT, except it 6864 is for static functions. FIXME. Should share more code with .EXPORT. */ 6865 6866static void 6867pa_param (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6868{ 6869 char *name, c; 6870 symbolS *symbol; 6871 6872 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 6873 6874 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL) 6875 { 6876 as_bad (_("Cannot define static symbol: %s\n"), name); 6877 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6878 input_line_pointer++; 6879 } 6880 else 6881 { 6882 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbol); 6883 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6884 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6885 { 6886 input_line_pointer++; 6887 pa_type_args (symbol, 0); 6888 } 6889 } 6890 6891 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6892} 6893 6894/* Handle a .PROC pseudo-op. It is used to mark the beginning 6895 of a procedure from a syntactical point of view. */ 6896 6897static void 6898pa_proc (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6899{ 6900 struct call_info *call_info; 6901 6902#ifdef OBJ_SOM 6903 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 6904 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 6905#endif 6906 6907 if (within_procedure) 6908 as_fatal (_("Nested procedures")); 6909 6910 /* Reset global variables for new procedure. */ 6911 callinfo_found = FALSE; 6912 within_procedure = TRUE; 6913 6914 /* Create another call_info structure. */ 6915 call_info = XNEW (struct call_info); 6916 6917 if (!call_info) 6918 as_fatal (_("Cannot allocate unwind descriptor\n")); 6919 6920 memset (call_info, 0, sizeof (struct call_info)); 6921 6922 call_info->ci_next = NULL; 6923 6924 if (call_info_root == NULL) 6925 { 6926 call_info_root = call_info; 6927 last_call_info = call_info; 6928 } 6929 else 6930 { 6931 last_call_info->ci_next = call_info; 6932 last_call_info = call_info; 6933 } 6934 6935 /* set up defaults on call_info structure */ 6936 6937 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 0; 6938 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.region_desc = 1; 6939 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 0; 6940 6941 /* If we got a .PROC pseudo-op, we know that the function is defined 6942 locally. Make sure it gets into the symbol table. */ 6943 { 6944 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label (); 6945 6946 if (label_symbol) 6947 { 6948 if (label_symbol->lss_label) 6949 { 6950 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label; 6951 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; 6952 } 6953 else 6954 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)")); 6955 } 6956 else 6957 last_call_info->start_symbol = NULL; 6958 } 6959 6960 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6961} 6962 6963/* Process the syntactical end of a procedure. Make sure all the 6964 appropriate pseudo-ops were found within the procedure. */ 6965 6966static void 6967pa_procend (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6968{ 6969#ifdef OBJ_SOM 6970 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 6971 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 6972#endif 6973 6974 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've 6975 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the 6976 label was defined after the .PROC directive. 6977 6978 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment 6979 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched 6980 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */ 6981 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL) 6982 { 6983 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label (); 6984 6985 if (label_symbol) 6986 { 6987 if (label_symbol->lss_label) 6988 { 6989 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label; 6990 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags 6991 |= BSF_FUNCTION; 6992#ifdef OBJ_SOM 6993 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind 6994 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */ 6995 if (within_entry_exit) 6996 { 6997 char *where; 6998 unsigned int u; 6999 7000 where = frag_more (0); 7001 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor); 7002 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0, 7003 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL, 7004 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u); 7005 } 7006#endif 7007 } 7008 else 7009 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)")); 7010 } 7011 else 7012 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC")); 7013 } 7014 7015 if (!within_procedure) 7016 as_bad (_("misplaced .procend")); 7017 7018 if (!callinfo_found) 7019 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo for this procedure")); 7020 7021 if (within_entry_exit) 7022 as_bad (_("Missing .EXIT for a .ENTRY")); 7023 7024#ifdef OBJ_ELF 7025 /* ELF needs to mark the end of each function so that it can compute 7026 the size of the function (apparently it's needed in the symbol table). */ 7027 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function (); 7028#endif 7029 7030 within_procedure = FALSE; 7031 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7032 pa_undefine_label (); 7033} 7034 7035#ifdef OBJ_SOM 7036/* If VALUE is an exact power of two between zero and 2^31, then 7037 return log2 (VALUE). Else return -1. */ 7038 7039static int 7040exact_log2 (int value) 7041{ 7042 int shift = 0; 7043 7044 while ((1 << shift) != value && shift < 32) 7045 shift++; 7046 7047 if (shift >= 32) 7048 return -1; 7049 else 7050 return shift; 7051} 7052 7053/* Check to make sure we have a valid space and subspace. */ 7054 7055static void 7056pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (void) 7057{ 7058 if (current_space == NULL) 7059 as_fatal (_("Not in a space.\n")); 7060 7061 if (current_subspace == NULL) 7062 as_fatal (_("Not in a subspace.\n")); 7063} 7064 7065/* Parse the parameters to a .SPACE directive; if CREATE_FLAG is nonzero, 7066 then create a new space entry to hold the information specified 7067 by the parameters to the .SPACE directive. */ 7068 7069static sd_chain_struct * 7070pa_parse_space_stmt (const char *space_name, int create_flag) 7071{ 7072 char *name, *ptemp, c; 7073 char loadable, defined, private, sort; 7074 int spnum; 7075 asection *seg = NULL; 7076 sd_chain_struct *space; 7077 7078 /* Load default values. */ 7079 spnum = 0; 7080 sort = 0; 7081 loadable = TRUE; 7082 defined = TRUE; 7083 private = FALSE; 7084 if (strcmp (space_name, "$TEXT$") == 0) 7085 { 7086 seg = pa_def_spaces[0].segment; 7087 defined = pa_def_spaces[0].defined; 7088 private = pa_def_spaces[0].private; 7089 sort = pa_def_spaces[0].sort; 7090 spnum = pa_def_spaces[0].spnum; 7091 } 7092 else if (strcmp (space_name, "$PRIVATE$") == 0) 7093 { 7094 seg = pa_def_spaces[1].segment; 7095 defined = pa_def_spaces[1].defined; 7096 private = pa_def_spaces[1].private; 7097 sort = pa_def_spaces[1].sort; 7098 spnum = pa_def_spaces[1].spnum; 7099 } 7100 7101 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 7102 { 7103 print_errors = FALSE; 7104 ptemp = input_line_pointer + 1; 7105 /* First see if the space was specified as a number rather than 7106 as a name. According to the PA assembly manual the rest of 7107 the line should be ignored. */ 7108 strict = 0; 7109 pa_parse_number (&ptemp, 0); 7110 if (pa_number >= 0) 7111 { 7112 spnum = pa_number; 7113 input_line_pointer = ptemp; 7114 } 7115 else 7116 { 7117 while (!is_end_of_statement ()) 7118 { 7119 input_line_pointer++; 7120 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 7121 if ((strncasecmp (name, "spnum", 5) == 0)) 7122 { 7123 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7124 input_line_pointer++; 7125 spnum = get_absolute_expression (); 7126 } 7127 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0)) 7128 { 7129 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7130 input_line_pointer++; 7131 sort = get_absolute_expression (); 7132 } 7133 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0)) 7134 { 7135 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7136 loadable = FALSE; 7137 } 7138 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "notdefined", 10) == 0)) 7139 { 7140 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7141 defined = FALSE; 7142 } 7143 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "private", 7) == 0)) 7144 { 7145 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7146 private = TRUE; 7147 } 7148 else 7149 { 7150 as_bad (_("Invalid .SPACE argument")); 7151 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7152 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 7153 input_line_pointer++; 7154 } 7155 } 7156 } 7157 print_errors = TRUE; 7158 } 7159 7160 if (create_flag && seg == NULL) 7161 seg = subseg_new (space_name, 0); 7162 7163 /* If create_flag is nonzero, then create the new space with 7164 the attributes computed above. Else set the values in 7165 an already existing space -- this can only happen for 7166 the first occurrence of a built-in space. */ 7167 if (create_flag) 7168 space = create_new_space (space_name, spnum, loadable, defined, 7169 private, sort, seg, 1); 7170 else 7171 { 7172 space = is_defined_space (space_name); 7173 SPACE_SPNUM (space) = spnum; 7174 SPACE_DEFINED (space) = defined & 1; 7175 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (space) = 1; 7176 } 7177 7178#ifdef obj_set_section_attributes 7179 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum); 7180#endif 7181 7182 return space; 7183} 7184 7185/* Handle a .SPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current space to the 7186 given space, creating the new space if necessary. */ 7187 7188static void 7189pa_space (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 7190{ 7191 char *name, c, *space_name, *save_s; 7192 sd_chain_struct *sd_chain; 7193 7194 if (within_procedure) 7195 { 7196 as_bad (_("Can\'t change spaces within a procedure definition. Ignored")); 7197 ignore_rest_of_line (); 7198 } 7199 else 7200 { 7201 /* Check for some of the predefined spaces. FIXME: most of the code 7202 below is repeated several times, can we extract the common parts 7203 and place them into a subroutine or something similar? */ 7204 /* FIXME Is this (and the next IF stmt) really right? 7205 What if INPUT_LINE_POINTER points to "$TEXT$FOO"? */ 7206 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$TEXT$", 6) == 0) 7207 { 7208 input_line_pointer += 6; 7209 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$"); 7210 if (sd_chain == NULL) 7211 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 1); 7212 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0) 7213 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 0); 7214 7215 current_space = sd_chain; 7216 subseg_set (text_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7217 current_subspace 7218 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (text_section, 7219 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7220 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7221 return; 7222 } 7223 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$PRIVATE$", 9) == 0) 7224 { 7225 input_line_pointer += 9; 7226 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$"); 7227 if (sd_chain == NULL) 7228 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 1); 7229 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0) 7230 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 0); 7231 7232 current_space = sd_chain; 7233 subseg_set (data_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7234 current_subspace 7235 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (data_section, 7236 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7237 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7238 return; 7239 } 7240 if (!strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, 7241 GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 7242 strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME))) 7243 { 7244 input_line_pointer += strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME); 7245 sd_chain = is_defined_space (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME); 7246 if (sd_chain == NULL) 7247 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 1); 7248 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0) 7249 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 0); 7250 7251 current_space = sd_chain; 7252 7253 { 7254 asection *gdb_section 7255 = bfd_make_section_old_way (stdoutput, GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME); 7256 7257 subseg_set (gdb_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7258 current_subspace 7259 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (gdb_section, 7260 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7261 } 7262 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7263 return; 7264 } 7265 7266 /* It could be a space specified by number. */ 7267 print_errors = 0; 7268 save_s = input_line_pointer; 7269 strict = 0; 7270 pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0); 7271 if (pa_number >= 0) 7272 { 7273 if ((sd_chain = pa_find_space_by_number (pa_number))) 7274 { 7275 current_space = sd_chain; 7276 7277 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7278 current_subspace 7279 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg, 7280 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7281 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7282 return; 7283 } 7284 } 7285 7286 /* Not a number, attempt to create a new space. */ 7287 print_errors = 1; 7288 input_line_pointer = save_s; 7289 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 7290 space_name = xstrdup (name); 7291 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7292 7293 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, 1); 7294 current_space = sd_chain; 7295 7296 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7297 current_subspace = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg, 7298 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7299 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7300 } 7301} 7302 7303/* Switch to a new space. (I think). FIXME. */ 7304 7305static void 7306pa_spnum (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 7307{ 7308 char *name; 7309 char c; 7310 char *p; 7311 sd_chain_struct *space; 7312 7313 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 7314 space = is_defined_space (name); 7315 if (space) 7316 { 7317 p = frag_more (4); 7318 md_number_to_chars (p, SPACE_SPNUM (space), 4); 7319 } 7320 else 7321 as_warn (_("Undefined space: '%s' Assuming space number = 0."), name); 7322 7323 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7324 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7325} 7326 7327/* Handle a .SUBSPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current subspace to the 7328 given subspace, creating the new subspace if necessary. 7329 7330 FIXME. Should mirror pa_space more closely, in particular how 7331 they're broken up into subroutines. */ 7332 7333static void 7334pa_subspace (int create_new) 7335{ 7336 char *name, *ss_name, c; 7337 char loadable, code_only, comdat, common, dup_common, zero, sort; 7338 int i, access_ctr, space_index, alignment, quadrant, applicable, flags; 7339 sd_chain_struct *space; 7340 ssd_chain_struct *ssd; 7341 asection *section; 7342 7343 if (current_space == NULL) 7344 as_fatal (_("Must be in a space before changing or declaring subspaces.\n")); 7345 7346 if (within_procedure) 7347 { 7348 as_bad (_("Can\'t change subspaces within a procedure definition. Ignored")); 7349 ignore_rest_of_line (); 7350 } 7351 else 7352 { 7353 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 7354 ss_name = xstrdup (name); 7355 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7356 7357 /* Load default values. */ 7358 sort = 0; 7359 access_ctr = 0x7f; 7360 loadable = 1; 7361 comdat = 0; 7362 common = 0; 7363 dup_common = 0; 7364 code_only = 0; 7365 zero = 0; 7366 space_index = ~0; 7367 alignment = 1; 7368 quadrant = 0; 7369 7370 space = current_space; 7371 if (create_new) 7372 ssd = NULL; 7373 else 7374 ssd = is_defined_subspace (ss_name); 7375 /* Allow user to override the builtin attributes of subspaces. But 7376 only allow the attributes to be changed once! */ 7377 if (ssd && SUBSPACE_DEFINED (ssd)) 7378 { 7379 subseg_set (ssd->ssd_seg, ssd->ssd_subseg); 7380 current_subspace = ssd; 7381 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 7382 as_warn (_("Parameters of an existing subspace can\'t be modified")); 7383 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7384 return; 7385 } 7386 else 7387 { 7388 /* A new subspace. Load default values if it matches one of 7389 the builtin subspaces. */ 7390 i = 0; 7391 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name) 7392 { 7393 if (strcasecmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, ss_name) == 0) 7394 { 7395 loadable = pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable; 7396 comdat = pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat; 7397 common = pa_def_subspaces[i].common; 7398 dup_common = pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common; 7399 code_only = pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only; 7400 zero = pa_def_subspaces[i].zero; 7401 space_index = pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index; 7402 alignment = pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment; 7403 quadrant = pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant; 7404 access_ctr = pa_def_subspaces[i].access; 7405 sort = pa_def_subspaces[i].sort; 7406 break; 7407 } 7408 i++; 7409 } 7410 } 7411 7412 /* We should be working with a new subspace now. Fill in 7413 any information as specified by the user. */ 7414 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 7415 { 7416 input_line_pointer++; 7417 while (!is_end_of_statement ()) 7418 { 7419 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 7420 if ((strncasecmp (name, "quad", 4) == 0)) 7421 { 7422 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7423 input_line_pointer++; 7424 quadrant = get_absolute_expression (); 7425 } 7426 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "align", 5) == 0)) 7427 { 7428 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7429 input_line_pointer++; 7430 alignment = get_absolute_expression (); 7431 if (exact_log2 (alignment) == -1) 7432 { 7433 as_bad (_("Alignment must be a power of 2")); 7434 alignment = 1; 7435 } 7436 } 7437 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "access", 6) == 0)) 7438 { 7439 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7440 input_line_pointer++; 7441 access_ctr = get_absolute_expression (); 7442 } 7443 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0)) 7444 { 7445 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7446 input_line_pointer++; 7447 sort = get_absolute_expression (); 7448 } 7449 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "code_only", 9) == 0)) 7450 { 7451 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7452 code_only = 1; 7453 } 7454 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0)) 7455 { 7456 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7457 loadable = 0; 7458 } 7459 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "comdat", 6) == 0)) 7460 { 7461 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7462 comdat = 1; 7463 } 7464 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "common", 6) == 0)) 7465 { 7466 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7467 common = 1; 7468 } 7469 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "dup_comm", 8) == 0)) 7470 { 7471 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7472 dup_common = 1; 7473 } 7474 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "zero", 4) == 0)) 7475 { 7476 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7477 zero = 1; 7478 } 7479 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "first", 5) == 0)) 7480 as_bad (_("FIRST not supported as a .SUBSPACE argument")); 7481 else 7482 as_bad (_("Invalid .SUBSPACE argument")); 7483 7484 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 7485 input_line_pointer++; 7486 } 7487 } 7488 7489 /* Compute a reasonable set of BFD flags based on the information 7490 in the .subspace directive. */ 7491 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput); 7492 flags = 0; 7493 if (loadable) 7494 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD); 7495 if (code_only) 7496 flags |= SEC_CODE; 7497 7498 /* These flags are used to implement various flavors of initialized 7499 common. The SOM linker discards duplicate subspaces when they 7500 have the same "key" symbol name. This support is more like 7501 GNU linkonce than BFD common. Further, pc-relative relocations 7502 are converted to section relative relocations in BFD common 7503 sections. This complicates the handling of relocations in 7504 common sections containing text and isn't currently supported 7505 correctly in the SOM BFD backend. */ 7506 if (comdat || common || dup_common) 7507 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE; 7508 7509 flags |= SEC_RELOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; 7510 7511 /* This is a zero-filled subspace (eg BSS). */ 7512 if (zero) 7513 flags &= ~(SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); 7514 7515 applicable &= flags; 7516 7517 /* If this is an existing subspace, then we want to use the 7518 segment already associated with the subspace. 7519 7520 FIXME NOW! ELF BFD doesn't appear to be ready to deal with 7521 lots of sections. It might be a problem in the PA ELF 7522 code, I do not know yet. For now avoid creating anything 7523 but the "standard" sections for ELF. */ 7524 if (create_new) 7525 section = subseg_force_new (ss_name, 0); 7526 else if (ssd) 7527 section = ssd->ssd_seg; 7528 else 7529 section = subseg_new (ss_name, 0); 7530 7531 if (zero) 7532 seg_info (section)->bss = 1; 7533 7534 /* Now set the flags. */ 7535 bfd_set_section_flags (section, applicable); 7536 7537 /* Record any alignment request for this section. */ 7538 record_alignment (section, exact_log2 (alignment)); 7539 7540 /* Set the starting offset for this section. */ 7541 bfd_set_section_vma (section, pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant)); 7542 7543 /* Now that all the flags are set, update an existing subspace, 7544 or create a new one. */ 7545 if (ssd) 7546 7547 current_subspace = update_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable, 7548 code_only, comdat, common, 7549 dup_common, sort, zero, access_ctr, 7550 space_index, alignment, quadrant, 7551 section); 7552 else 7553 current_subspace = create_new_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable, 7554 code_only, comdat, common, 7555 dup_common, zero, sort, 7556 access_ctr, space_index, 7557 alignment, quadrant, section); 7558 7559 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7560 current_subspace->ssd_seg = section; 7561 subseg_set (current_subspace->ssd_seg, current_subspace->ssd_subseg); 7562 } 7563 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (current_subspace) = 1; 7564} 7565 7566/* Create default space and subspace dictionaries. */ 7567 7568static void 7569pa_spaces_begin (void) 7570{ 7571 int i; 7572 7573 space_dict_root = NULL; 7574 space_dict_last = NULL; 7575 7576 i = 0; 7577 while (pa_def_spaces[i].name) 7578 { 7579 const char *name; 7580 7581 /* Pick the right name to use for the new section. */ 7582 name = pa_def_spaces[i].name; 7583 7584 pa_def_spaces[i].segment = subseg_new (name, 0); 7585 create_new_space (pa_def_spaces[i].name, pa_def_spaces[i].spnum, 7586 pa_def_spaces[i].loadable, pa_def_spaces[i].defined, 7587 pa_def_spaces[i].private, pa_def_spaces[i].sort, 7588 pa_def_spaces[i].segment, 0); 7589 i++; 7590 } 7591 7592 i = 0; 7593 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name) 7594 { 7595 const char *name; 7596 int applicable, subsegment; 7597 asection *segment = NULL; 7598 sd_chain_struct *space; 7599 7600 /* Pick the right name for the new section and pick the right 7601 subsegment number. */ 7602 name = pa_def_subspaces[i].name; 7603 subsegment = 0; 7604 7605 /* Create the new section. */ 7606 segment = subseg_new (name, subsegment); 7607 7608 /* For SOM we want to replace the standard .text, .data, and .bss 7609 sections with our own. We also want to set BFD flags for 7610 all the built-in subspaces. */ 7611 if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$CODE$")) 7612 { 7613 text_section = segment; 7614 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput); 7615 bfd_set_section_flags (segment, 7616 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD 7617 | SEC_RELOC | SEC_CODE 7618 | SEC_READONLY 7619 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)); 7620 } 7621 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$DATA$")) 7622 { 7623 data_section = segment; 7624 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput); 7625 bfd_set_section_flags (segment, 7626 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD 7627 | SEC_RELOC 7628 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)); 7629 7630 } 7631 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$BSS$")) 7632 { 7633 bss_section = segment; 7634 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput); 7635 bfd_set_section_flags (segment, 7636 applicable & SEC_ALLOC); 7637 } 7638 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$LIT$")) 7639 { 7640 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput); 7641 bfd_set_section_flags (segment, 7642 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD 7643 | SEC_RELOC 7644 | SEC_READONLY 7645 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)); 7646 } 7647 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$MILLICODE$")) 7648 { 7649 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput); 7650 bfd_set_section_flags (segment, 7651 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD 7652 | SEC_RELOC 7653 | SEC_READONLY 7654 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)); 7655 } 7656 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$UNWIND$")) 7657 { 7658 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput); 7659 bfd_set_section_flags (segment, 7660 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD 7661 | SEC_RELOC 7662 | SEC_READONLY 7663 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)); 7664 } 7665 7666 /* Find the space associated with this subspace. */ 7667 space = pa_segment_to_space (pa_def_spaces[pa_def_subspaces[i]. 7668 def_space_index].segment); 7669 if (space == NULL) 7670 { 7671 as_fatal (_("Internal error: Unable to find containing space for %s."), 7672 pa_def_subspaces[i].name); 7673 } 7674 7675 create_new_subspace (space, name, 7676 pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable, 7677 pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only, 7678 pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat, 7679 pa_def_subspaces[i].common, 7680 pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common, 7681 pa_def_subspaces[i].zero, 7682 pa_def_subspaces[i].sort, 7683 pa_def_subspaces[i].access, 7684 pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index, 7685 pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment, 7686 pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant, 7687 segment); 7688 i++; 7689 } 7690} 7691 7692/* Create a new space NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined 7693 by the given parameters. */ 7694 7695static sd_chain_struct * 7696create_new_space (const char *name, 7697 int spnum, 7698 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7699 int defined, 7700 int private, 7701 int sort, 7702 asection *seg, 7703 int user_defined) 7704{ 7705 sd_chain_struct *chain_entry; 7706 7707 chain_entry = XNEW (sd_chain_struct); 7708 SPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = xstrdup (name); 7709 SPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = defined; 7710 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (chain_entry) = user_defined; 7711 SPACE_SPNUM (chain_entry) = spnum; 7712 7713 chain_entry->sd_seg = seg; 7714 chain_entry->sd_last_subseg = -1; 7715 chain_entry->sd_subspaces = NULL; 7716 chain_entry->sd_next = NULL; 7717 7718 /* Find spot for the new space based on its sort key. */ 7719 if (!space_dict_last) 7720 space_dict_last = chain_entry; 7721 7722 if (space_dict_root == NULL) 7723 space_dict_root = chain_entry; 7724 else 7725 { 7726 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer; 7727 sd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer; 7728 7729 chain_pointer = space_dict_root; 7730 prev_chain_pointer = NULL; 7731 7732 while (chain_pointer) 7733 { 7734 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer; 7735 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next; 7736 } 7737 7738 /* At this point we've found the correct place to add the new 7739 entry. So add it and update the linked lists as appropriate. */ 7740 if (prev_chain_pointer) 7741 { 7742 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer; 7743 prev_chain_pointer->sd_next = chain_entry; 7744 } 7745 else 7746 { 7747 space_dict_root = chain_entry; 7748 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer; 7749 } 7750 7751 if (chain_entry->sd_next == NULL) 7752 space_dict_last = chain_entry; 7753 } 7754 7755 /* This is here to catch predefined spaces which do not get 7756 modified by the user's input. Another call is found at 7757 the bottom of pa_parse_space_stmt to handle cases where 7758 the user modifies a predefined space. */ 7759#ifdef obj_set_section_attributes 7760 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum); 7761#endif 7762 7763 return chain_entry; 7764} 7765 7766/* Create a new subspace NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined 7767 by the given parameters. 7768 7769 Add the new subspace to the subspace dictionary chain in numerical 7770 order as defined by the SORT entries. */ 7771 7772static ssd_chain_struct * 7773create_new_subspace (sd_chain_struct *space, 7774 const char *name, 7775 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7776 int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7777 int comdat, 7778 int common, 7779 int dup_common, 7780 int is_zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7781 int sort, 7782 int access_ctr, 7783 int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7784 int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7785 int quadrant, 7786 asection *seg) 7787{ 7788 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry; 7789 7790 chain_entry = XNEW (ssd_chain_struct); 7791 SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = xstrdup (name); 7792 7793 /* Initialize subspace_defined. When we hit a .subspace directive 7794 we'll set it to 1 which "locks-in" the subspace attributes. */ 7795 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = 0; 7796 7797 chain_entry->ssd_subseg = 0; 7798 chain_entry->ssd_seg = seg; 7799 chain_entry->ssd_next = NULL; 7800 7801 /* Find spot for the new subspace based on its sort key. */ 7802 if (space->sd_subspaces == NULL) 7803 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry; 7804 else 7805 { 7806 ssd_chain_struct *chain_pointer; 7807 ssd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer; 7808 7809 chain_pointer = space->sd_subspaces; 7810 prev_chain_pointer = NULL; 7811 7812 while (chain_pointer) 7813 { 7814 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer; 7815 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->ssd_next; 7816 } 7817 7818 /* Now we have somewhere to put the new entry. Insert it and update 7819 the links. */ 7820 if (prev_chain_pointer) 7821 { 7822 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer; 7823 prev_chain_pointer->ssd_next = chain_entry; 7824 } 7825 else 7826 { 7827 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry; 7828 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer; 7829 } 7830 } 7831 7832#ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes 7833 obj_set_subsection_attributes (seg, space->sd_seg, access_ctr, sort, 7834 quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common); 7835#endif 7836 7837 return chain_entry; 7838} 7839 7840/* Update the information for the given subspace based upon the 7841 various arguments. Return the modified subspace chain entry. */ 7842 7843static ssd_chain_struct * 7844update_subspace (sd_chain_struct *space, 7845 char *name, 7846 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7847 int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7848 int comdat, 7849 int common, 7850 int dup_common, 7851 int sort, 7852 int zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7853 int access_ctr, 7854 int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7855 int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7856 int quadrant, 7857 asection *section) 7858{ 7859 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry; 7860 7861 chain_entry = is_defined_subspace (name); 7862 7863#ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes 7864 obj_set_subsection_attributes (section, space->sd_seg, access_ctr, sort, 7865 quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common); 7866#endif 7867 7868 return chain_entry; 7869} 7870 7871/* Return the space chain entry for the space with the name NAME or 7872 NULL if no such space exists. */ 7873 7874static sd_chain_struct * 7875is_defined_space (const char *name) 7876{ 7877 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer; 7878 7879 for (chain_pointer = space_dict_root; 7880 chain_pointer; 7881 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next) 7882 if (strcmp (SPACE_NAME (chain_pointer), name) == 0) 7883 return chain_pointer; 7884 7885 /* No mapping from segment to space was found. Return NULL. */ 7886 return NULL; 7887} 7888 7889/* Find and return the space associated with the given seg. If no mapping 7890 from the given seg to a space is found, then return NULL. 7891 7892 Unlike subspaces, the number of spaces is not expected to grow much, 7893 so a linear exhaustive search is OK here. */ 7894 7895static sd_chain_struct * 7896pa_segment_to_space (asection *seg) 7897{ 7898 sd_chain_struct *space_chain; 7899 7900 /* Walk through each space looking for the correct mapping. */ 7901 for (space_chain = space_dict_root; 7902 space_chain; 7903 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next) 7904 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg) 7905 return space_chain; 7906 7907 /* Mapping was not found. Return NULL. */ 7908 return NULL; 7909} 7910 7911/* Return the first space chain entry for the subspace with the name 7912 NAME or NULL if no such subspace exists. 7913 7914 When there are multiple subspaces with the same name, switching to 7915 the first (i.e., default) subspace is preferable in most situations. 7916 For example, it wouldn't be desirable to merge COMDAT data with non 7917 COMDAT data. 7918 7919 Uses a linear search through all the spaces and subspaces, this may 7920 not be appropriate if we ever being placing each function in its 7921 own subspace. */ 7922 7923static ssd_chain_struct * 7924is_defined_subspace (const char *name) 7925{ 7926 sd_chain_struct *space_chain; 7927 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain; 7928 7929 /* Walk through each space. */ 7930 for (space_chain = space_dict_root; 7931 space_chain; 7932 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next) 7933 { 7934 /* Walk through each subspace looking for a name which matches. */ 7935 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces; 7936 subspace_chain; 7937 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next) 7938 if (strcmp (SUBSPACE_NAME (subspace_chain), name) == 0) 7939 return subspace_chain; 7940 } 7941 7942 /* Subspace wasn't found. Return NULL. */ 7943 return NULL; 7944} 7945 7946/* Find and return the subspace associated with the given seg. If no 7947 mapping from the given seg to a subspace is found, then return NULL. 7948 7949 If we ever put each procedure/function within its own subspace 7950 (to make life easier on the compiler and linker), then this will have 7951 to become more efficient. */ 7952 7953static ssd_chain_struct * 7954pa_subsegment_to_subspace (asection *seg, subsegT subseg) 7955{ 7956 sd_chain_struct *space_chain; 7957 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain; 7958 7959 /* Walk through each space. */ 7960 for (space_chain = space_dict_root; 7961 space_chain; 7962 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next) 7963 { 7964 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg) 7965 { 7966 /* Walk through each subspace within each space looking for 7967 the correct mapping. */ 7968 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces; 7969 subspace_chain; 7970 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next) 7971 if (subspace_chain->ssd_subseg == (int) subseg) 7972 return subspace_chain; 7973 } 7974 } 7975 7976 /* No mapping from subsegment to subspace found. Return NULL. */ 7977 return NULL; 7978} 7979 7980/* Given a number, try and find a space with the name number. 7981 7982 Return a pointer to a space dictionary chain entry for the space 7983 that was found or NULL on failure. */ 7984 7985static sd_chain_struct * 7986pa_find_space_by_number (int number) 7987{ 7988 sd_chain_struct *space_chain; 7989 7990 for (space_chain = space_dict_root; 7991 space_chain; 7992 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next) 7993 { 7994 if (SPACE_SPNUM (space_chain) == (unsigned int) number) 7995 return space_chain; 7996 } 7997 7998 /* No appropriate space found. Return NULL. */ 7999 return NULL; 8000} 8001 8002/* Return the starting address for the given subspace. If the starting 8003 address is unknown then return zero. */ 8004 8005static unsigned int 8006pa_subspace_start (sd_chain_struct *space, int quadrant) 8007{ 8008 /* FIXME. Assumes everyone puts read/write data at 0x4000000, this 8009 is not correct for the PA OSF1 port. */ 8010 if ((strcmp (SPACE_NAME (space), "$PRIVATE$") == 0) && quadrant == 1) 8011 return 0x40000000; 8012 else if (space->sd_seg == data_section && quadrant == 1) 8013 return 0x40000000; 8014 else 8015 return 0; 8016 return 0; 8017} 8018#endif 8019 8020/* Helper function for pa_stringer. Used to find the end of 8021 a string. */ 8022 8023static unsigned int 8024pa_stringer_aux (char *s) 8025{ 8026 unsigned int c = *s & CHAR_MASK; 8027 8028 switch (c) 8029 { 8030 case '\"': 8031 c = NOT_A_CHAR; 8032 break; 8033 default: 8034 break; 8035 } 8036 return c; 8037} 8038 8039/* Handle a .STRING type pseudo-op. */ 8040 8041static void 8042pa_stringer (int append_zero) 8043{ 8044 char *s, num_buf[4]; 8045 unsigned int c; 8046 int i; 8047 8048 /* Preprocess the string to handle PA-specific escape sequences. 8049 For example, \xDD where DD is a hexadecimal number should be 8050 changed to \OOO where OOO is an octal number. */ 8051 8052#ifdef OBJ_SOM 8053 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 8054 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 8055#endif 8056 8057 /* Skip the opening quote. */ 8058 s = input_line_pointer + 1; 8059 8060 while (is_a_char (c = pa_stringer_aux (s++))) 8061 { 8062 if (c == '\\') 8063 { 8064 c = *s; 8065 switch (c) 8066 { 8067 /* Handle \x<num>. */ 8068 case 'x': 8069 { 8070 unsigned int number; 8071 int num_digit; 8072 char dg; 8073 char *s_start = s; 8074 8075 /* Get past the 'x'. */ 8076 s++; 8077 for (num_digit = 0, number = 0, dg = *s; 8078 num_digit < 2 8079 && (ISDIGIT (dg) || (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f') 8080 || (dg >= 'A' && dg <= 'F')); 8081 num_digit++) 8082 { 8083 if (ISDIGIT (dg)) 8084 number = number * 16 + dg - '0'; 8085 else if (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f') 8086 number = number * 16 + dg - 'a' + 10; 8087 else 8088 number = number * 16 + dg - 'A' + 10; 8089 8090 s++; 8091 dg = *s; 8092 } 8093 if (num_digit > 0) 8094 { 8095 switch (num_digit) 8096 { 8097 case 1: 8098 sprintf (num_buf, "%02o", number); 8099 break; 8100 case 2: 8101 sprintf (num_buf, "%03o", number); 8102 break; 8103 } 8104 for (i = 0; i <= num_digit; i++) 8105 s_start[i] = num_buf[i]; 8106 } 8107 break; 8108 } 8109 /* This might be a "\"", skip over the escaped char. */ 8110 default: 8111 s++; 8112 break; 8113 } 8114 } 8115 } 8116 stringer (8 + append_zero); 8117 pa_undefine_label (); 8118} 8119 8120/* Handle a .VERSION pseudo-op. */ 8121 8122static void 8123pa_version (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 8124{ 8125 obj_version (0); 8126 pa_undefine_label (); 8127} 8128 8129#ifdef OBJ_SOM 8130 8131/* Handle a .COMPILER pseudo-op. */ 8132 8133static void 8134pa_compiler (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 8135{ 8136 obj_som_compiler (0); 8137 pa_undefine_label (); 8138} 8139 8140#endif 8141 8142/* Handle a .COPYRIGHT pseudo-op. */ 8143 8144static void 8145pa_copyright (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 8146{ 8147 obj_copyright (0); 8148 pa_undefine_label (); 8149} 8150 8151/* Just like a normal cons, but when finished we have to undefine 8152 the latest space label. */ 8153 8154static void 8155pa_cons (int nbytes) 8156{ 8157 cons (nbytes); 8158 pa_undefine_label (); 8159} 8160 8161/* Like float_cons, but we need to undefine our label. */ 8162 8163static void 8164pa_float_cons (int float_type) 8165{ 8166 float_cons (float_type); 8167 pa_undefine_label (); 8168} 8169 8170/* Like s_fill, but delete our label when finished. */ 8171 8172static void 8173pa_fill (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 8174{ 8175#ifdef OBJ_SOM 8176 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 8177 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 8178#endif 8179 8180 s_fill (0); 8181 pa_undefine_label (); 8182} 8183 8184/* Like lcomm, but delete our label when finished. */ 8185 8186static void 8187pa_lcomm (int needs_align) 8188{ 8189#ifdef OBJ_SOM 8190 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 8191 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 8192#endif 8193 8194 s_lcomm (needs_align); 8195 pa_undefine_label (); 8196} 8197 8198/* Like lsym, but delete our label when finished. */ 8199 8200static void 8201pa_lsym (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 8202{ 8203#ifdef OBJ_SOM 8204 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 8205 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 8206#endif 8207 8208 s_lsym (0); 8209 pa_undefine_label (); 8210} 8211 8212/* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It should 8213 set up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will need. */ 8214 8215void 8216md_begin (void) 8217{ 8218 const char *retval = NULL; 8219 int lose = 0; 8220 unsigned int i = 0; 8221 8222 last_call_info = NULL; 8223 call_info_root = NULL; 8224 8225 /* Set the default machine type. */ 8226 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, DEFAULT_LEVEL)) 8227 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine")); 8228 8229 /* Folding of text and data segments fails miserably on the PA. 8230 Warn user and disable "-R" option. */ 8231 if (flag_readonly_data_in_text) 8232 { 8233 as_warn (_("-R option not supported on this target.")); 8234 flag_readonly_data_in_text = 0; 8235 } 8236 8237#ifdef OBJ_SOM 8238 pa_spaces_begin (); 8239#endif 8240 8241 op_hash = hash_new (); 8242 8243 while (i < NUMOPCODES) 8244 { 8245 const char *name = pa_opcodes[i].name; 8246 8247 retval = hash_insert (op_hash, name, (struct pa_opcode *) &pa_opcodes[i]); 8248 if (retval != NULL && *retval != '\0') 8249 { 8250 as_fatal (_("Internal error: can't hash `%s': %s\n"), name, retval); 8251 lose = 1; 8252 } 8253 8254 do 8255 { 8256 if ((pa_opcodes[i].match & pa_opcodes[i].mask) 8257 != pa_opcodes[i].match) 8258 { 8259 fprintf (stderr, _("internal error: losing opcode: `%s' \"%s\"\n"), 8260 pa_opcodes[i].name, pa_opcodes[i].args); 8261 lose = 1; 8262 } 8263 ++i; 8264 } 8265 while (i < NUMOPCODES && !strcmp (pa_opcodes[i].name, name)); 8266 } 8267 8268 if (lose) 8269 as_fatal (_("Broken assembler. No assembly attempted.")); 8270 8271#ifdef OBJ_SOM 8272 /* SOM will change text_section. To make sure we never put 8273 anything into the old one switch to the new one now. */ 8274 subseg_set (text_section, 0); 8275#endif 8276 8277#ifdef OBJ_SOM 8278 dummy_symbol = symbol_find_or_make ("L$dummy"); 8279 S_SET_SEGMENT (dummy_symbol, text_section); 8280 /* Force the symbol to be converted to a real symbol. */ 8281 symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol)->flags |= BSF_KEEP; 8282#endif 8283} 8284 8285/* On the PA relocations which involve function symbols must not be 8286 adjusted. This so that the linker can know when/how to create argument 8287 relocation stubs for indirect calls and calls to static functions. 8288 8289 "T" field selectors create DLT relative fixups for accessing 8290 globals and statics in PIC code; each DLT relative fixup creates 8291 an entry in the DLT table. The entries contain the address of 8292 the final target (eg accessing "foo" would create a DLT entry 8293 with the address of "foo"). 8294 8295 Unfortunately, the HP linker doesn't take into account any addend 8296 when generating the DLT; so accessing $LIT$+8 puts the address of 8297 $LIT$ into the DLT rather than the address of $LIT$+8. 8298 8299 The end result is we can't perform relocation symbol reductions for 8300 any fixup which creates entries in the DLT (eg they use "T" field 8301 selectors). 8302 8303 ??? Reject reductions involving symbols with external scope; such 8304 reductions make life a living hell for object file editors. */ 8305 8306int 8307hppa_fix_adjustable (fixS *fixp) 8308{ 8309#ifdef OBJ_ELF 8310 reloc_type code; 8311#endif 8312 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix; 8313 8314 hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data; 8315 8316#ifdef OBJ_ELF 8317 /* LR/RR selectors are implicitly used for a number of different relocation 8318 types. We must ensure that none of these types are adjusted (see below) 8319 even if they occur with a different selector. */ 8320 code = elf_hppa_reloc_final_type (stdoutput, 8321 (int) fixp->fx_r_type, 8322 hppa_fix->fx_r_format, 8323 hppa_fix->fx_r_field); 8324 8325 switch (code) 8326 { 8327 /* Relocation types which use e_lrsel. */ 8328 case R_PARISC_DIR21L: 8329 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L: 8330 case R_PARISC_DPREL21L: 8331 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF21L: 8332 8333 /* Relocation types which use e_rrsel. */ 8334 case R_PARISC_DIR14R: 8335 case R_PARISC_DIR14DR: 8336 case R_PARISC_DIR14WR: 8337 case R_PARISC_DIR17R: 8338 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R: 8339 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14DR: 8340 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14WR: 8341 case R_PARISC_DPREL14R: 8342 case R_PARISC_DPREL14DR: 8343 case R_PARISC_DPREL14WR: 8344 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14R: 8345 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14DR: 8346 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14WR: 8347 8348 /* Other types that we reject for reduction. */ 8349 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY: 8350 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT: 8351 return 0; 8352 default: 8353 break; 8354 } 8355#endif 8356 8357 /* Reject reductions of symbols in sym1-sym2 expressions when 8358 the fixup will occur in a CODE subspace. 8359 8360 XXX FIXME: Long term we probably want to reject all of these; 8361 for example reducing in the debug section would lose if we ever 8362 supported using the optimizing hp linker. */ 8363 if (fixp->fx_addsy 8364 && fixp->fx_subsy 8365 && (hppa_fix->segment->flags & SEC_CODE)) 8366 return 0; 8367 8368 /* We can't adjust any relocs that use LR% and RR% field selectors. 8369 8370 If a symbol is reduced to a section symbol, the assembler will 8371 adjust the addend unless the symbol happens to reside right at 8372 the start of the section. Additionally, the linker has no choice 8373 but to manipulate the addends when coalescing input sections for 8374 "ld -r". Since an LR% field selector is defined to round the 8375 addend, we can't change the addend without risking that a LR% and 8376 it's corresponding (possible multiple) RR% field will no longer 8377 sum to the right value. 8378 8379 eg. Suppose we have 8380 . ldil LR%foo+0,%r21 8381 . ldw RR%foo+0(%r21),%r26 8382 . ldw RR%foo+4(%r21),%r25 8383 8384 If foo is at address 4092 (decimal) in section `sect', then after 8385 reducing to the section symbol we get 8386 . LR%sect+4092 == (L%sect)+0 8387 . RR%sect+4092 == (R%sect)+4092 8388 . RR%sect+4096 == (R%sect)-4096 8389 and the last address loses because rounding the addend to 8k 8390 multiples takes us up to 8192 with an offset of -4096. 8391 8392 In cases where the LR% expression is identical to the RR% one we 8393 will never have a problem, but is so happens that gcc rounds 8394 addends involved in LR% field selectors to work around a HP 8395 linker bug. ie. We often have addresses like the last case 8396 above where the LR% expression is offset from the RR% one. */ 8397 8398 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lrsel 8399 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rrsel 8400 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_nlrsel) 8401 return 0; 8402 8403 /* Reject reductions of symbols in DLT relative relocs, 8404 relocations with plabels. */ 8405 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_tsel 8406 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_ltsel 8407 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rtsel 8408 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_psel 8409 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rpsel 8410 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lpsel) 8411 return 0; 8412 8413 /* Reject absolute calls (jumps). */ 8414 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ABS_CALL) 8415 return 0; 8416 8417 /* Reject reductions of function symbols. */ 8418 if (fixp->fx_addsy != 0 && S_IS_FUNCTION (fixp->fx_addsy)) 8419 return 0; 8420 8421 return 1; 8422} 8423 8424/* Return nonzero if the fixup in FIXP will require a relocation, 8425 even it if appears that the fixup could be completely handled 8426 within GAS. */ 8427 8428int 8429hppa_force_relocation (struct fix *fixp) 8430{ 8431 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp; 8432 8433 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data; 8434#ifdef OBJ_SOM 8435 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ENTRY 8436 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_EXIT 8437 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB 8438 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_BRTAB 8439 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY 8440 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_TRY 8441 || (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL && fixp->fx_subsy != NULL 8442 && (hppa_fixp->segment->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)) 8443 return 1; 8444#endif 8445#ifdef OBJ_ELF 8446 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT 8447 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY) 8448 return 1; 8449#endif 8450 8451 gas_assert (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL); 8452 8453 /* Ensure we emit a relocation for global symbols so that dynamic 8454 linking works. */ 8455 if (S_FORCE_RELOC (fixp->fx_addsy, 1)) 8456 return 1; 8457 8458 /* It is necessary to force PC-relative calls/jumps to have a relocation 8459 entry if they're going to need either an argument relocation or long 8460 call stub. */ 8461 if (fixp->fx_pcrel 8462 && arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixp->fx_addsy), 8463 hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc)) 8464 return 1; 8465 8466 /* Now check to see if we're going to need a long-branch stub. */ 8467 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL) 8468 { 8469 long pc = md_pcrel_from (fixp); 8470 valueT distance, min_stub_distance; 8471 8472 distance = fixp->fx_offset + S_GET_VALUE (fixp->fx_addsy) - pc - 8; 8473 8474 /* Distance to the closest possible stub. This will detect most 8475 but not all circumstances where a stub will not work. */ 8476 min_stub_distance = pc + 16; 8477#ifdef OBJ_SOM 8478 if (last_call_info != NULL) 8479 min_stub_distance -= S_GET_VALUE (last_call_info->start_symbol); 8480#endif 8481 8482 if ((distance + 8388608 >= 16777216 8483 && min_stub_distance <= 8388608) 8484 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 17 8485 && distance + 262144 >= 524288 8486 && min_stub_distance <= 262144) 8487 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 12 8488 && distance + 8192 >= 16384 8489 && min_stub_distance <= 8192) 8490 ) 8491 return 1; 8492 } 8493 8494 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ABS_CALL) 8495 return 1; 8496 8497 /* No need (yet) to force another relocations to be emitted. */ 8498 return 0; 8499} 8500 8501/* Now for some ELF specific code. FIXME. */ 8502#ifdef OBJ_ELF 8503/* For ELF, this function serves one purpose: to setup the st_size 8504 field of STT_FUNC symbols. To do this, we need to scan the 8505 call_info structure list, determining st_size in by taking the 8506 difference in the address of the beginning/end marker symbols. */ 8507 8508void 8509elf_hppa_final_processing (void) 8510{ 8511 struct call_info *call_info_pointer; 8512 8513 for (call_info_pointer = call_info_root; 8514 call_info_pointer; 8515 call_info_pointer = call_info_pointer->ci_next) 8516 { 8517 elf_symbol_type *esym 8518 = ((elf_symbol_type *) 8519 symbol_get_bfdsym (call_info_pointer->start_symbol)); 8520 esym->internal_elf_sym.st_size = 8521 S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->end_symbol) 8522 - S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->start_symbol) + 4; 8523 } 8524} 8525 8526static void 8527pa_vtable_entry (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 8528{ 8529 struct fix *new_fix; 8530 8531 new_fix = obj_elf_get_vtable_entry (); 8532 8533 if (new_fix) 8534 { 8535 struct hppa_fix_struct * hppa_fix = XOBNEW (¬es, struct hppa_fix_struct); 8536 8537 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA; 8538 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel; 8539 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32; 8540 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0; 8541 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg; 8542 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix; 8543 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY; 8544 } 8545} 8546 8547static void 8548pa_vtable_inherit (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 8549{ 8550 struct fix *new_fix; 8551 8552 new_fix = obj_elf_get_vtable_inherit (); 8553 8554 if (new_fix) 8555 { 8556 struct hppa_fix_struct * hppa_fix = XOBNEW (¬es, struct hppa_fix_struct); 8557 8558 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA; 8559 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel; 8560 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32; 8561 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0; 8562 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg; 8563 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix; 8564 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT; 8565 } 8566} 8567#endif 8568 8569/* Table of pseudo ops for the PA. FIXME -- how many of these 8570 are now redundant with the overall GAS and the object file 8571 dependent tables? */ 8572const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] = 8573{ 8574 /* align pseudo-ops on the PA specify the actual alignment requested, 8575 not the log2 of the requested alignment. */ 8576#ifdef OBJ_SOM 8577 {"align", pa_align, 8}, 8578#endif 8579#ifdef OBJ_ELF 8580 {"align", s_align_bytes, 8}, 8581#endif 8582 {"begin_brtab", pa_brtab, 1}, 8583 {"begin_try", pa_try, 1}, 8584 {"block", pa_block, 1}, 8585 {"blockz", pa_block, 0}, 8586 {"byte", pa_cons, 1}, 8587 {"call", pa_call, 0}, 8588 {"callinfo", pa_callinfo, 0}, 8589#if defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)) 8590 {"code", obj_elf_text, 0}, 8591#else 8592 {"code", pa_text, 0}, 8593 {"comm", pa_comm, 0}, 8594#endif 8595#ifdef OBJ_SOM 8596 {"compiler", pa_compiler, 0}, 8597#endif 8598 {"copyright", pa_copyright, 0}, 8599#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) 8600 {"data", pa_data, 0}, 8601#endif 8602 {"double", pa_float_cons, 'd'}, 8603 {"dword", pa_cons, 8}, 8604 {"end", pa_end, 0}, 8605 {"end_brtab", pa_brtab, 0}, 8606#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) 8607 {"end_try", pa_try, 0}, 8608#endif 8609 {"enter", pa_enter, 0}, 8610 {"entry", pa_entry, 0}, 8611 {"equ", pa_equ, 0}, 8612 {"exit", pa_exit, 0}, 8613 {"export", pa_export, 0}, 8614 {"fill", pa_fill, 0}, 8615 {"float", pa_float_cons, 'f'}, 8616 {"half", pa_cons, 2}, 8617 {"import", pa_import, 0}, 8618 {"int", pa_cons, 4}, 8619 {"label", pa_label, 0}, 8620 {"lcomm", pa_lcomm, 0}, 8621 {"leave", pa_leave, 0}, 8622 {"level", pa_level, 0}, 8623 {"long", pa_cons, 4}, 8624 {"lsym", pa_lsym, 0}, 8625#ifdef OBJ_SOM 8626 {"nsubspa", pa_subspace, 1}, 8627#endif 8628 {"octa", pa_cons, 16}, 8629 {"org", pa_origin, 0}, 8630 {"origin", pa_origin, 0}, 8631 {"param", pa_param, 0}, 8632 {"proc", pa_proc, 0}, 8633 {"procend", pa_procend, 0}, 8634 {"quad", pa_cons, 8}, 8635 {"reg", pa_equ, 1}, 8636 {"short", pa_cons, 2}, 8637 {"single", pa_float_cons, 'f'}, 8638#ifdef OBJ_SOM 8639 {"space", pa_space, 0}, 8640 {"spnum", pa_spnum, 0}, 8641#endif 8642 {"string", pa_stringer, 0}, 8643 {"stringz", pa_stringer, 1}, 8644#ifdef OBJ_SOM 8645 {"subspa", pa_subspace, 0}, 8646#endif 8647#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) 8648 {"text", pa_text, 0}, 8649#endif 8650 {"version", pa_version, 0}, 8651#ifdef OBJ_ELF 8652 {"vtable_entry", pa_vtable_entry, 0}, 8653 {"vtable_inherit", pa_vtable_inherit, 0}, 8654#endif 8655 {"word", pa_cons, 4}, 8656 {NULL, 0, 0} 8657}; 8658 8659#ifdef OBJ_ELF 8660void 8661hppa_cfi_frame_initial_instructions (void) 8662{ 8663 cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa (30, 0); 8664} 8665 8666int 8667hppa_regname_to_dw2regnum (char *regname) 8668{ 8669 unsigned int regnum = -1; 8670 unsigned int i; 8671 const char *p; 8672 char *q; 8673 static struct { const char *name; int dw2regnum; } regnames[] = 8674 { 8675 { "sp", 30 }, { "rp", 2 }, 8676 }; 8677 8678 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (regnames); ++i) 8679 if (strcmp (regnames[i].name, regname) == 0) 8680 return regnames[i].dw2regnum; 8681 8682 if (regname[0] == 'r') 8683 { 8684 p = regname + 1; 8685 regnum = strtoul (p, &q, 10); 8686 if (p == q || *q || regnum >= 32) 8687 return -1; 8688 } 8689 else if (regname[0] == 'f' && regname[1] == 'r') 8690 { 8691 p = regname + 2; 8692 regnum = strtoul (p, &q, 10); 8693#if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64 8694 if (p == q || *q || regnum <= 4 || regnum >= 32) 8695 return -1; 8696 regnum += 32 - 4; 8697#else 8698 if (p == q 8699 || (*q && ((*q != 'L' && *q != 'R') || *(q + 1))) 8700 || regnum <= 4 || regnum >= 32) 8701 return -1; 8702 regnum = (regnum - 4) * 2 + 32; 8703 if (*q == 'R') 8704 regnum++; 8705#endif 8706 } 8707 return regnum; 8708} 8709#endif 8710